(font-lock-keywords): Fix doc for multiline matches.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blobb72edd58720000db04731096cf4116e269c920e5
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14460 35756))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
216 ;;;***
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307 ;;;***
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381 ;;;***
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14481 51915))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
401 ;;;***
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
415 ;;;***
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14432 37852))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
459 ;;;***
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
463 ;;;;;; 43647))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
474 normal variables." t nil)
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
481 noninteractive functions.
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
502 bindings.
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
505 ;;;***
507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14447
508 ;;;;;; 15307))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
520 archive.
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
530 Major mode for editing arrays.
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
546 The variables are:
548 Variables you assign:
549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
554 row numbers in the buffer.
556 Variables which are calculated:
557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
561 take a numeric prefix argument):
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
579 between that of point and mark.
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
587 newlines inside rows)
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
593 ;;;***
595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
596 ;;;;;; 393))
597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
616 Special commands:
617 \\{asm-mode-map}
618 " t nil)
620 ;;;***
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
623 ;;;;;; (14292 6861))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
627 Obsolete.")
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
630 This command is obsolete." t nil)
632 ;;;***
634 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
635 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
636 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
638 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
639 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
640 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
642 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
643 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
644 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
645 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
648 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
649 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
650 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
652 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
653 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
655 ;;;***
657 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
658 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
659 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
662 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
663 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
664 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
666 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
667 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
668 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
670 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
671 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
672 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
674 ;;;***
676 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
677 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14450 26108))
678 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
680 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
681 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
683 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
684 instead.")
686 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
687 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
689 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
690 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
691 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
693 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
694 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
696 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
697 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
699 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
700 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
702 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
703 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
704 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
706 ;;;***
708 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
709 ;;;;;; 35271))
710 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
712 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
713 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
714 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
715 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
717 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
718 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
719 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
721 Effects of the different modes:
722 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
723 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
724 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
725 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
726 a random distance & direction.
727 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
728 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
729 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
731 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
733 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
734 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
735 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
737 ;;;***
739 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
740 ;;;;;; 39413))
741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
743 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
744 Major mode for editing AWK code.
745 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
746 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
747 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
749 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
750 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
752 ;;;***
754 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
755 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
758 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
759 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
761 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
762 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
764 For example:
766 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
767 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
768 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
769 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
771 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
773 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
775 ;;;***
777 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
778 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
779 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
781 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
782 Display battery status information in the echo area.
783 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
784 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
786 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
787 Display battery status information in the mode line.
788 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
789 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
790 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
791 seconds." t nil)
793 ;;;***
795 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14397
796 ;;;;;; 43573))
797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
799 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
800 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
802 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
803 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
804 version information already added. You just need to add a description
805 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
806 message.
809 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
811 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
812 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
813 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
814 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
815 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
817 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
818 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
819 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
820 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
821 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
822 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
824 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
825 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
826 BibTeX mode.
829 Special information:
831 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
833 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
834 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
835 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
836 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
837 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
838 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
839 current field.
840 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
841 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
843 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
844 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
845 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
846 bibtex-entry-format.
847 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
848 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
849 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
851 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
852 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
854 The following may be of interest as well:
856 Functions:
857 bibtex-entry
858 bibtex-kill-entry
859 bibtex-yank-pop
860 bibtex-pop-previous
861 bibtex-pop-next
862 bibtex-complete-string
863 bibtex-complete-key
864 bibtex-print-help-message
865 bibtex-generate-autokey
866 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
867 bibtex-end-of-entry
868 bibtex-reposition-window
869 bibtex-mark-entry
870 bibtex-ispell-abstract
871 bibtex-ispell-entry
872 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
873 bibtex-sort-buffer
874 bibtex-validate
875 bibtex-count
876 bibtex-fill-entry
877 bibtex-reformat
878 bibtex-convert-alien
880 Variables:
881 bibtex-field-delimiters
882 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
883 bibtex-include-OPTkey
884 bibtex-user-optional-fields
885 bibtex-entry-format
886 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
887 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
888 bibtex-entry-field-alist
889 bibtex-predefined-strings
890 bibtex-string-files
892 ---------------------------------------------------------
893 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
894 non-nil.
896 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
898 ;;;***
900 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
901 ;;;;;; 27947))
902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
904 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
905 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
906 the default is 4.
908 What is blackbox?
910 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
911 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
912 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
913 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
914 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
915 your score.
917 Overview of play:
919 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
920 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
921 four.
923 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
924 movement keys.
926 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
927 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
929 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
930 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
932 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
933 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
934 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
935 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
936 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
937 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
939 Details:
941 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
943 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
944 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
945 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
946 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
948 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
949 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
950 denoted by the letter `R'.
952 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
953 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
954 denoted by the letter `H'.
956 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
957 example.
959 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
960 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
961 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
962 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
963 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
964 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
965 ray.
967 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
968 degree deflection it causes.
971 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
972 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
973 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
974 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
975 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
976 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
977 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
978 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
981 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
982 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
986 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
987 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
988 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
989 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
990 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
991 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
992 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
994 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
995 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
996 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
997 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
998 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
999 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1000 emerging from the box.
1002 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1006 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1007 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1008 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1009 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1011 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1013 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1014 a reflection." t nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1019 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1020 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1021 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1022 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1023 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14419 37278))
1024 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1025 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1026 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1027 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1029 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1030 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1031 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1032 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1033 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1034 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1036 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1038 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1040 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1042 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1044 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1046 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1048 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1050 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1052 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1054 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1056 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1058 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1060 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1062 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1064 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1065 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1066 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1067 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1068 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1069 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1070 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1071 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1072 recent one.
1074 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1075 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1076 yank successive words.
1078 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1079 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1080 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1081 name of the file being visited.
1083 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1084 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1085 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1087 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1088 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1089 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1090 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1091 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1092 this.
1094 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1095 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1096 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1097 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1099 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1100 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1101 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1102 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1103 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1105 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1106 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1107 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1108 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1110 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1112 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1113 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1114 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1115 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1117 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1118 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1119 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1121 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1122 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1123 name." t nil)
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1126 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1127 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1128 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1129 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1130 this." t nil)
1132 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1133 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1134 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1135 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1136 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1137 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1138 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1139 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1141 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1142 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1143 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1145 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1146 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1147 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1148 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1149 \(second argument).
1151 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1152 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1153 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1154 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1155 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1157 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1158 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1159 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1160 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1163 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1164 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1165 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1166 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1167 while loading.
1169 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1170 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1171 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1172 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1173 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1174 explicitly.
1176 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1177 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1178 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1179 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1181 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1182 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1187 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1189 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1191 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1192 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1193 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1194 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1195 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1196 this.
1198 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1199 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1200 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1202 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1203 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1204 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1205 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1206 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1207 this.
1209 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1210 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1211 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1213 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1214 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1215 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1217 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1218 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1219 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1222 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1223 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1224 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1225 prompts for NEWNAME.
1226 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1227 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1228 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1230 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1231 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1232 name.
1234 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1235 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1236 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1238 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1239 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1245 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1246 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1247 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1249 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1251 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1253 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1255 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1257 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1259 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1261 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1263 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1265 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1267 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1269 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1271 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1273 ;;;***
1275 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1276 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1277 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1278 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1279 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1280 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1281 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1282 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
1283 ;;;;;; (14477 53252))
1284 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
1286 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1287 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1288 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1289 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1291 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1292 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1293 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1294 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1295 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1297 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1298 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1299 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1300 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1301 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1303 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1304 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1306 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1307 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1308 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1310 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1311 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1313 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1314 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1315 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1316 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1317 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1318 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1320 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1321 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1322 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1323 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1324 narrowed." t nil)
1326 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1327 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1329 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1330 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1332 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1333 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1334 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1335 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1337 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1338 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1339 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1340 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1342 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1343 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1344 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1345 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1346 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1347 to use." t nil)
1349 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1350 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1352 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1353 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1355 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1356 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1357 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1358 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1360 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1361 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1363 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1364 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1366 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1367 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1368 program is invoked according to the variable
1369 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1379 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1380 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1381 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1383 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1384 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1385 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1386 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1389 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1390 Default to the URL around or before point.
1392 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1393 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1394 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1397 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1398 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1399 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1402 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1405 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1406 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1408 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1409 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1410 Default to the URL around or before point.
1412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1413 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1414 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1416 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1417 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1419 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1420 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1421 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1422 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1425 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1426 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1427 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1428 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1430 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1431 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1432 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1433 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1435 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1436 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1437 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1438 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1441 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1443 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1444 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1445 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1447 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1448 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1449 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1450 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1451 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1452 current one.
1454 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1455 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1456 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1457 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1459 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1460 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1462 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1463 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1464 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1465 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1466 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1467 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1469 ;;;***
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1472 ;;;;;; 42538))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1475 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1476 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1478 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1479 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1484 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14440 44552))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1487 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1488 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1489 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1490 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1492 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1493 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1494 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1495 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1497 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1498 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1500 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1501 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1502 \\<bs-mode-map>
1503 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1504 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1505 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1506 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1508 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1509 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1510 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1511 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1512 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1514 ;;;***
1516 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1517 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1518 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14456 31103))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1522 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1523 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1524 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1526 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1527 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1528 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1529 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1531 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1532 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1533 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1534 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1536 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1538 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1539 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1541 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1542 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1543 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1544 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1545 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1547 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1548 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1549 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1550 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1552 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1553 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1554 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1556 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1557 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1558 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1559 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1560 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1561 all functions called by those functions.
1563 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1564 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1565 cons, etc.).
1567 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1568 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1569 invoked interactively." t nil)
1571 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1572 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1573 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1574 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1575 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1576 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1578 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1579 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1580 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1581 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1583 ;;;***
1585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1586 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1588 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1590 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1592 ;;;***
1594 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1595 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1598 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1599 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1600 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1601 from the cursor position." t nil)
1603 ;;;***
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1606 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1607 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1608 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1609 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1610 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1611 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1612 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1613 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1614 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1615 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1616 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1617 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1618 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1619 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1620 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1621 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1622 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1624 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1625 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1626 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1628 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1629 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1630 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1631 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1632 the screen.")
1634 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1635 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1636 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1637 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1638 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1640 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1641 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1642 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1643 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1644 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1645 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1646 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1648 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1649 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1650 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1651 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1652 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1654 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1655 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1656 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1658 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1659 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1660 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1662 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1663 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1664 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1666 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1667 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1668 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1669 displayed.")
1671 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1672 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1673 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1675 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1676 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1677 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1679 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1681 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1682 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1683 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1685 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1686 calendar.")
1688 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1689 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1690 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1692 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1693 calendar.")
1695 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1696 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1697 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1699 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1700 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1701 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1702 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1703 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1705 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1706 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1707 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1708 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1709 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1710 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1711 a function is also provided for this:
1712 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1714 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1715 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1716 date is not visible in the window.
1718 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1719 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1720 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1722 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1723 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1725 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1726 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1727 date is visible in the window.
1729 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1730 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1731 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1733 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1734 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1736 For example,
1738 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1740 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1742 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1743 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1745 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1747 MONTH/DAY
1748 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1749 MONTHNAME DAY
1750 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1751 DAYNAME
1753 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1754 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1755 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1756 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1757 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1758 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1759 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1760 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1761 respectively.
1763 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1764 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1765 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1767 DAY/MONTH
1768 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1769 DAY MONTHNAME
1770 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1771 DAYNAME
1773 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1774 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1776 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1777 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1778 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1779 window but will appear in a diary window.
1781 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1782 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1784 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1785 entries (in the default American style):
1787 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1788 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1789 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1790 21: Payday
1791 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1792 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1793 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1794 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1795 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1796 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1797 &* 15 time cards due.
1799 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1800 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1801 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1802 single diary entry
1804 02/11/1989
1805 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1806 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1807 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1808 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1809 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1810 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1812 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1813 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1814 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1816 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1818 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1820 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1821 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1822 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1823 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1824 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1825 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1826 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1827 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1828 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1830 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1831 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1832 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1833 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1834 for these functions for details.
1836 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1837 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1839 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1840 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1842 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1843 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1845 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1846 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1848 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1849 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1850 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1852 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1853 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1854 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1856 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1857 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1858 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1859 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1861 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1862 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1863 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1864 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1866 DAY/MONTH
1867 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1868 DAY MONTHNAME
1869 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1870 DAYNAME
1872 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1873 characters with or without a period.")
1875 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1876 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1877 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1879 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1880 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1881 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1883 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1884 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1885 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1887 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1888 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1889 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1891 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1892 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1893 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1894 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1895 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1896 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1898 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1899 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1900 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1902 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1903 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1904 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1905 of the form
1907 #include \"filename\"
1909 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1910 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1911 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1912 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1913 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1915 For example, you could use
1917 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1918 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1919 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1921 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1922 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1923 lexicographic order.")
1925 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1926 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1927 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1929 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1930 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1931 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1932 diary display.
1934 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1935 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1936 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1937 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1938 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1939 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1940 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1942 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1943 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1944 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1945 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1946 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1947 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1948 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1949 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1951 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1952 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1953 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1954 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1955 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1956 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1958 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1959 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
1961 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
1962 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
1963 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1964 of the form
1965 #include \"filename\"
1966 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1967 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
1968 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
1969 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1970 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1972 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
1973 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
1974 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1975 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
1976 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1977 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1979 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
1980 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
1981 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
1982 are holidays.")
1984 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
1985 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
1986 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
1987 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
1988 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
1990 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1992 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
1993 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
1994 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
1996 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1998 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
1999 *Oriental holidays.
2000 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2002 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2004 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2005 *Local holidays.
2006 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2008 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2010 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2011 *User defined holidays.
2012 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2014 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2016 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2018 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2020 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2022 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2024 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2026 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2028 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2030 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2032 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2033 *Jewish holidays.
2034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2036 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2038 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2039 *Christian holidays.
2040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2042 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2044 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2045 *Islamic holidays.
2046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2048 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2050 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2051 *Sun-related holidays.
2052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2054 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2056 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2057 The frame set up of the calendar.
2058 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2059 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2060 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2061 any other value the current frame is used.")
2063 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2064 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2065 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2067 ;;;***
2069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2072 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2073 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2075 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2076 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2078 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2079 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2081 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2082 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2087 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2088 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2090 ;;;***
2092 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2093 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2094 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2097 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2099 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2100 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2101 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2102 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2103 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2104 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2106 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2108 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2109 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2110 run first.
2112 Key bindings:
2113 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2115 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2116 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2117 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2118 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2119 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2120 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2121 message.
2123 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2125 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2126 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2127 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2129 Key bindings:
2130 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2132 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2133 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2134 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2135 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2136 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2137 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2138 message.
2140 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2142 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2143 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2144 is run first.
2146 Key bindings:
2147 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2149 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2150 Major mode for editing Java code.
2151 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2152 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2153 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2154 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2155 message.
2157 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2159 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2160 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2161 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2162 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2163 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2165 Key bindings:
2166 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2168 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2169 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2170 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2171 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2172 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2173 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2174 message.
2176 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2178 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2179 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2180 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2182 Key bindings:
2183 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2185 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2186 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2187 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2188 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2189 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2190 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2191 message.
2193 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2195 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2196 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2197 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2199 Key bindings:
2200 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2202 ;;;***
2204 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2205 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2208 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2209 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2210 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2211 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2212 for details of setting up styles.
2214 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2215 style name.
2217 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2218 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2219 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2220 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2221 will be reassigned.
2223 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2224 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2225 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2227 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2228 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2229 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2230 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2232 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2234 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2235 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2236 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2238 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2239 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2240 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2241 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2242 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2244 ;;;***
2246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2249 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2250 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2251 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2252 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2253 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2255 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2256 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2258 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2259 `infodock'.")
2261 ;;;***
2263 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2264 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2265 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
2266 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2268 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2269 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2271 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2272 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2274 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2275 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2277 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2278 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2279 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2280 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2281 execution.
2283 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2285 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2286 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2287 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2288 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2290 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2291 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2292 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2293 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2294 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2295 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2297 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2298 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2299 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2301 ;;;***
2303 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2304 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2305 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2306 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2307 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2308 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2309 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2310 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2311 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2314 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2315 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2316 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2317 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2319 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2320 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2321 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2322 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2323 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2324 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2325 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2326 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2328 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2329 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2330 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2331 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2332 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2333 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2334 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2335 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2337 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2338 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2339 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2340 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2341 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2343 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2344 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2345 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2346 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2347 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2349 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2350 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2351 Only documentation strings are checked.
2352 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2353 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2354 a separate buffer." t nil)
2356 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2357 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2358 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2359 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2360 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2362 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2363 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2364 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2365 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2366 if there is one.
2367 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2370 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2371 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2374 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2375 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2376 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2377 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2380 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2381 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2382 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2383 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2384 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2386 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2387 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2388 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2389 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2391 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2392 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2393 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2394 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2397 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2398 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2399 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2401 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2402 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2403 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2404 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2406 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2407 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2408 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2409 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2411 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2412 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2413 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2414 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2416 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2417 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2418 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2419 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2421 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2422 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2423 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2424 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2427 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2428 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2429 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2433 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2435 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2436 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2437 checking of documentation strings.
2439 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2441 ;;;***
2443 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2444 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2445 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2446 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2447 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2449 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2450 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2452 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2453 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2455 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2456 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2458 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2459 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2460 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2462 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2463 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2465 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2466 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2467 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2470 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2472 ;;;***
2474 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2475 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2476 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2478 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2479 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2480 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2481 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2482 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2483 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2485 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2486 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2487 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2488 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2489 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2491 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2494 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2495 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2496 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2497 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2499 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2500 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2501 \\{command-history-map}
2503 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2504 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2506 ;;;***
2508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14482 54434))
2509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2511 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2512 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2513 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2514 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2515 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2516 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2518 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2519 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2521 ;;;***
2523 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2524 ;;;;;; (14454 136))
2525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2527 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2529 ;;;***
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2532 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2535 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2536 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2537 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2538 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2540 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2541 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2542 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2544 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2545 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2547 ;;;***
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
2550 ;;;;;; 34340))
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2553 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2554 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2555 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2556 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2557 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2558 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2560 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2562 ;;;***
2564 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2565 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2566 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2567 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2569 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2570 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2571 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2572 ASCII table.
2574 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2575 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2576 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2577 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2579 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2580 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2581 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2583 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2584 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2585 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2587 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2588 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2589 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2591 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2592 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2594 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2595 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2596 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2598 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2599 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2601 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2602 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2604 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2605 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2606 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2608 ;;;***
2610 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2611 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2612 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14411 60193))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2615 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2616 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2617 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2618 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2619 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2620 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2621 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2622 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2624 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2626 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2627 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2628 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2629 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2630 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2631 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2633 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2634 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2635 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2637 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2639 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2640 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2641 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2643 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2645 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2646 Send COMMAND to current process.
2647 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2648 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2650 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2651 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2652 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2653 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2655 ;;;***
2657 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2658 ;;;;;; 18289))
2659 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2661 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2662 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2663 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2664 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2666 This command pushes the mark in each window
2667 at the prior location of point in that window.
2668 If both windows display the same buffer,
2669 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2670 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2672 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2673 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2674 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2679 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2680 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2681 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2684 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2685 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2687 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2688 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2690 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2691 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2692 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2693 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2694 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2696 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2697 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2698 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2699 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2700 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2702 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2703 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2704 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2705 describing how the process finished.")
2707 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2708 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2709 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2710 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2712 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2713 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2714 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2716 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2717 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2718 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2719 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2721 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2722 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2723 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2724 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2726 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2727 and move to the source code that caused it.
2729 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2730 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2732 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2733 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2734 Then start the next one.
2736 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2737 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2738 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2740 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2741 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2742 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2743 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2744 where grep found matches.
2746 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2747 easily repeat a grep command.
2749 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2750 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2751 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2752 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2754 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2755 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2756 Collect output in a buffer.
2757 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2758 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2760 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2761 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2763 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2764 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2765 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2766 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2767 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2769 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2771 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2772 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2773 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2774 See `compilation-mode'.
2775 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2777 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2778 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2779 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2780 See `compilation-mode'.
2781 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2783 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2784 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2786 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2787 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2789 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2790 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2791 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2792 and start at the first error.
2794 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2795 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2796 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2797 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2798 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2799 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2801 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2802 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2803 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2805 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2806 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2809 ;;;***
2811 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2812 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2813 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2815 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2816 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2817 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2819 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2820 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2821 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2822 as much as possible.
2824 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2825 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2826 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2827 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2829 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2830 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2831 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2832 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2834 ;;;***
2836 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2837 ;;;;;; (13884 8101))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2840 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2841 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2843 ;;;***
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2846 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2847 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2848 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2851 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2852 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2853 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2854 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2855 `make-composition'.
2857 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2859 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2860 | | 1:tc or top-center
2861 | | 2:tr or top-right
2862 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2863 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2864 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2865 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2866 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2867 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2869 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2870 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2871 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2872 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2873 be added.
2875 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2876 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2877 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2879 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2880 | | |
2881 | global| |
2882 | glyph | |
2883 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2884 +----+--*--+
2885 | | new |
2886 | |glyph|
2887 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2890 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2891 Compose characters in the current region.
2893 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2895 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2896 specifying the region.
2898 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2899 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2901 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2902 of the text in the region.
2904 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2906 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2907 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2908 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2909 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2911 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2912 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2913 detail.
2915 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2916 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2917 text in the composition." t nil)
2919 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2920 Decompose text in the current region.
2922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2925 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2926 Compose characters in string STRING.
2928 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2929 the characters in it.
2931 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2932 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2933 STRING respectively.
2935 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2936 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2937 `compose-region' for more detail.
2939 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2940 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2941 text in the composition." nil nil)
2943 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2944 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2946 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2947 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2948 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2949 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
2950 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
2951 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
2952 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
2953 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
2955 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
2956 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
2958 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
2959 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
2961 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
2962 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
2964 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
2965 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
2967 If no composition is found, return nil.
2969 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
2970 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
2972 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
2973 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
2974 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
2976 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
2978 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
2980 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
2981 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
2982 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
2984 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
2986 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
2987 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
2989 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
2990 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
2992 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
2993 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
2994 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
2995 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
2996 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
2998 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
2999 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3001 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3002 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3004 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3005 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3006 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3007 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3008 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3009 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3010 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3011 nil.
3013 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3015 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3016 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3018 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3020 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3022 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3023 Compose last characters.
3024 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3025 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3026 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3027 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3028 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3029 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3030 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3032 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3033 Convert CHAR to string.
3034 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3036 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3037 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3038 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3040 ;;;***
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3043 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3046 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3047 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3048 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3050 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3051 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3052 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3054 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3055 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3056 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3057 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3059 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3060 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3062 ;;;***
3064 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3065 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3068 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3069 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3070 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3071 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3072 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3073 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3075 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3076 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3078 ;;;***
3080 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3081 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3084 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3085 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3086 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3087 Tab indents for Perl code.
3088 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3089 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3091 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3092 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3093 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3094 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3095 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3096 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3097 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3098 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3099 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3100 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3101 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3102 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3104 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3106 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3107 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3109 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3111 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3112 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3113 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3114 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3115 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3116 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3117 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3118 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3119 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3121 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3123 bite if angry;
3125 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3126 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3127 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3128 to nil.)
3130 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3131 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3132 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3134 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3136 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3137 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3138 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3139 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3140 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3142 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3144 if (A) { B }
3146 into
3148 B if A;
3150 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3152 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3153 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3154 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3155 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3156 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3157 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3158 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3159 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3160 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3161 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3162 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3163 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3164 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3166 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3167 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3168 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3169 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3170 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3171 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3173 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3174 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3175 man via menu.
3177 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3178 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3179 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3180 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3181 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3183 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3184 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3185 span the needed amount of lines.
3187 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3188 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3189 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3190 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3192 Variables controlling indentation style:
3193 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3194 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3195 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3196 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3197 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3198 `cperl-auto-newline'
3199 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3200 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3201 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3202 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3203 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3204 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3205 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3206 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3207 `cperl-indent-level'
3208 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3209 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3210 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3211 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3212 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3213 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3214 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3215 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3216 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3217 `cperl-brace-offset'
3218 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3219 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3220 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3221 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3222 `cperl-label-offset'
3223 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3224 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3225 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3227 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3228 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3229 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3230 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3231 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3233 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3234 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3235 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3236 \(both available from menu).
3238 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3239 column 0 is indented on
3240 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3242 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3243 with no args.
3245 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3246 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3247 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3249 ;;;***
3251 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3252 ;;;;;; (13826 9529))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3255 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3256 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3257 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3258 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3259 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3261 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3262 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3264 ;;;***
3266 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3267 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3270 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3271 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3272 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3273 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3276 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3278 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3280 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3282 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3283 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3284 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3286 ;;;***
3288 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3289 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3290 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3291 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3292 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3293 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3294 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3295 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3296 ;;;;;; (14456 48948))
3297 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3298 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3300 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3301 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3303 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3304 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3306 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3307 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3309 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3311 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3312 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3314 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3315 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3317 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3318 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3320 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3321 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3323 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3324 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3326 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3328 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3329 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3330 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3331 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3333 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3334 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3336 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3337 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3339 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3340 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3342 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3344 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3345 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3346 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3347 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3348 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3350 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3351 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3353 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3354 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3356 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3358 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3359 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3361 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3362 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3363 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3364 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3365 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3367 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3368 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3369 version." t nil)
3371 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3373 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3374 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3375 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3377 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3378 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3379 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3381 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3382 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
3384 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3385 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3387 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3388 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3390 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3391 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3392 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3393 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3394 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3395 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3396 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3398 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3399 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3400 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3402 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3403 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3405 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3406 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3408 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3409 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3410 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3411 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3412 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3413 that option." nil nil)
3415 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3416 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3417 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3418 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3419 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3420 that option." nil nil)
3422 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3423 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3425 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3426 File used for storing customization information.
3427 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3428 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3429 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3431 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3432 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3433 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3434 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3436 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3437 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3439 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3442 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3443 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3444 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3446 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3447 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3448 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3449 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3450 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3452 ;;;***
3454 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3455 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14398 37486))
3456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3458 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3459 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3461 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3462 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3463 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3465 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3467 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3468 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3469 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3471 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3473 ;;;***
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3476 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3479 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3480 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3482 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3483 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3484 C++ modes are included.
3486 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3488 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3489 Turn on CWarn mode.
3491 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3492 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3494 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3495 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3497 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3499 ;;;***
3501 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3502 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3503 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3504 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3505 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3507 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3508 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3510 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3511 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3513 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3514 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3516 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3517 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3519 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3520 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3522 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3523 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3524 For readability, the table is slightly
3525 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3527 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3528 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3529 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3530 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3531 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3533 ;;;***
3535 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3536 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3539 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3541 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3543 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3544 Completion on current word.
3545 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3546 and presents suggestions for completion.
3548 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3549 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3550 completions.
3552 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3553 then it searches *all* buffers.
3555 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3556 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3558 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3559 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3561 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3562 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3563 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3564 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3565 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3567 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3568 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3570 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3571 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3572 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3574 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3575 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3577 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3579 ;;;***
3581 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3582 ;;;;;; 38927))
3583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3585 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3586 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3588 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3589 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3590 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3592 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3593 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3594 Data lines are not indented.
3596 Key bindings:
3598 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3599 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3601 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3602 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3603 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3604 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3606 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3608 dcl-basic-offset
3609 Extra indentation within blocks.
3611 dcl-continuation-offset
3612 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3614 dcl-margin-offset
3615 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3617 dcl-margin-label-offset
3618 Indentation for a label.
3620 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3621 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3623 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3624 dcl-block-end-regexp
3625 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3626 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3627 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3628 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3629 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3631 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3632 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3633 Two such functions are included in the package:
3634 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3635 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3637 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3638 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3639 One such function is included in the package:
3640 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3642 dcl-tab-always-indent
3643 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3644 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3645 margin.
3647 dcl-electric-characters
3648 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3649 typed.
3651 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3652 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3653 which words trigger electric indentation.
3655 dcl-tempo-comma
3656 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3657 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3658 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3660 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3661 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3662 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3663 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3665 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3666 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3667 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3668 dcl-imenu-label-call
3669 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3671 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3672 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3673 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3674 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3677 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3679 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3680 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3681 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3682 $ i = 1
3683 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3684 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3685 $ label:
3686 $ if i.eq.1
3687 $ then
3688 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3689 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3690 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3691 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3692 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3693 \"lined up with the command line\"
3694 $ type sys$input
3695 Data lines are not indented at all.
3696 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3697 $ endif
3699 " t nil)
3701 ;;;***
3703 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3704 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14432 49602))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3707 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3709 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3710 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3711 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3712 of the evaluator.
3714 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3715 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3716 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3719 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3720 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3721 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3722 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3723 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3724 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3726 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3727 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3728 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3730 ;;;***
3732 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3733 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3736 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3737 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3739 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3740 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3741 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3742 Upper-case letters are commands.
3744 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3745 modify it.
3747 The most useful commands are:
3748 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3749 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3750 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3751 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3752 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3753 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3755 ;;;***
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3758 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3761 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3762 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3764 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3766 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3767 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3769 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3771 ;;;***
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266
3774 ;;;;;; 16343))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3777 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3778 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3779 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3780 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3781 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3782 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3784 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3786 Customization:
3788 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3789 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3790 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3791 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3792 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3793 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3794 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3795 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3796 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3797 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3798 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3799 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3800 blank line.
3801 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3802 Directories to search when finding external units.
3803 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3804 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3806 Coloring:
3808 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3809 Face used to color delphi comments.
3810 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3811 Face used to color delphi strings.
3812 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3813 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3814 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3815 Face used to color everything else.
3817 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3818 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3820 ;;;***
3822 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3823 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3824 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3826 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3828 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3829 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3830 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3831 positive.
3833 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3834 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3835 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3836 any selection." t nil)
3838 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3839 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3840 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3842 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3844 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3846 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3848 ;;;***
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3851 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3854 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3855 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3857 The arguments to this command are as follow:
3859 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3860 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
3861 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
3862 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3863 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3864 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3865 hooks for the new mode.
3867 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3869 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3871 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3872 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3873 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3875 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
3876 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3878 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3879 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3880 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3882 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3883 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3885 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3886 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3887 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3888 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3889 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3891 ;;;***
3893 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3894 ;;;;;; (13897 58892))
3895 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3897 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3898 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3899 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3901 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3902 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3903 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3904 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3906 ;;;***
3908 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3909 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3910 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3911 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3912 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3913 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3914 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3915 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3916 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3918 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3919 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3921 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3922 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3923 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3925 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3926 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3927 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3929 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3930 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3931 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3932 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3934 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3935 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3936 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3937 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3939 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3940 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3942 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3943 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3944 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3946 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3947 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3949 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3951 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3953 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3955 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3956 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3958 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3960 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3961 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3963 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3965 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3967 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3969 ;;;***
3971 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
3972 ;;;;;; (14368 20344))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
3975 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
3976 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
3977 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
3978 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
3979 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
3981 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
3982 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
3983 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
3985 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
3986 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
3987 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
3988 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
3990 #!/bin/sh
3991 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
3992 emacs -batch \\
3993 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
3994 european-calendar-style t \\
3995 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
3996 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
3997 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
3999 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4000 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4001 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4002 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4004 ;;;***
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4007 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4010 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4011 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4013 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4014 *The command to use to run diff.")
4016 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4017 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4018 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4019 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4020 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4022 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4023 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4024 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4025 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4026 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4028 ;;;***
4030 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4031 ;;;;;; (14419 37278))
4032 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4034 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4035 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4036 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4037 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4038 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4039 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4041 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4042 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4043 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4045 ;;;***
4047 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4048 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4049 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4050 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4051 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14447 15307))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4054 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4055 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4056 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4057 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4058 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4060 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4061 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4063 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4064 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4065 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4066 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4067 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4069 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4070 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4072 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4073 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4074 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4075 always set this variable to t.")
4077 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4078 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4079 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4080 A value of t means move to first file.")
4082 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4083 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4084 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4085 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4086 are afterward marked with that character.")
4088 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4089 *Controls marking of copied files.
4090 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4091 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4093 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4094 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4095 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4096 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4098 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4099 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4100 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4101 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4103 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4104 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4105 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4106 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4108 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4110 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4111 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4112 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4113 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4115 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4116 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4117 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4118 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4119 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4120 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4121 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4122 list of files to make directory entries for.
4123 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4124 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4125 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4126 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4128 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4129 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4131 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4132 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4133 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4135 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4136 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4139 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4141 ;;;***
4143 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4144 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4145 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4146 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4147 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4148 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4149 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4150 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4151 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4152 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4153 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4154 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4155 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14419 37278))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4158 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4159 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4160 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4161 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4162 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4163 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4165 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4166 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4167 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4168 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4169 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4170 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4173 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4174 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4176 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4177 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4179 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4180 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4182 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4183 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4184 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4185 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4188 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4189 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4190 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4191 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4193 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4195 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4196 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4197 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4199 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4200 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4201 instead of att the end of the command.
4203 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4204 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4205 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4207 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4208 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4210 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4211 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4213 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4214 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4215 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4216 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4217 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4218 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4220 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4222 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4223 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4225 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4226 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4228 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4229 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4231 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4232 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4233 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4234 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4236 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4238 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4240 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4242 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4244 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4246 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4247 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4249 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4250 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4251 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4252 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4253 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4254 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4255 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4257 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4258 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4259 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4260 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4261 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4262 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4265 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4266 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4267 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4268 and new hard links are made in that directory
4269 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4271 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4272 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4273 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4274 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4276 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4277 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4278 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4279 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4280 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4281 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4283 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4284 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4286 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4287 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4288 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4290 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4291 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4292 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4294 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4295 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4296 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4298 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4299 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4301 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4302 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4304 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4305 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4306 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4307 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4308 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4309 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4310 this subdirectory.
4311 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4313 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4314 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4315 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4316 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4317 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4318 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4319 this subdirectory.
4320 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4322 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4323 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4324 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4326 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4327 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4328 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4329 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4331 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4332 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4333 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4334 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4336 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4337 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4338 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4340 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4341 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4343 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4344 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4346 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4347 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4348 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4349 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4351 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4352 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4353 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4354 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4356 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4357 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4358 Stops when a match is found.
4359 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4361 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4362 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4363 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4364 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4365 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4367 ;;;***
4369 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14460 38616))
4370 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4372 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4373 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4374 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4375 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4376 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4377 buffer and try again." t nil)
4379 ;;;***
4381 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4384 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4385 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4386 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4388 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4390 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4391 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4393 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4394 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4395 " nil nil)
4397 ;;;***
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4400 ;;;;;; 9615))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4403 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4404 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4405 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4406 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4407 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4408 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4410 ;;;***
4412 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4413 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4414 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4415 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4416 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4417 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4419 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4420 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4422 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4423 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4424 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4425 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4426 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4428 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4429 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4430 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4431 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4432 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4434 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4435 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4437 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4438 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4440 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4441 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4443 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4444 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4446 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4447 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4449 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4450 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4451 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4452 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4454 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4455 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4456 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4457 X frame." nil nil)
4459 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4460 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4462 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4464 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4465 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4467 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4468 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4469 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4470 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4472 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4473 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4474 European character display.
4476 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4477 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4478 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4479 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4481 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4482 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4483 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4484 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4485 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4487 ;;;***
4489 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4490 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4493 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4494 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4495 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4496 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4497 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4498 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4499 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4500 Default is 2." t nil)
4502 ;;;***
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4507 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4508 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4510 ;;;***
4512 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4513 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4516 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4517 Toggle Double mode.
4518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4519 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4521 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4523 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4525 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4526 Toggle Double mode.
4527 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4529 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4530 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4532 ;;;***
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4537 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4538 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4540 ;;;***
4542 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4543 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4546 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4547 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4549 ;;;***
4551 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4552 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4555 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4557 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4558 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4559 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4560 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4562 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4563 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4564 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4565 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4566 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4567 in order to build a valid keymap.
4568 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4569 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4571 ;;;***
4573 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4574 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4575 ;;;;;; 24854))
4576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4578 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4579 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4580 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4581 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4583 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4584 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4586 :filter FUNCTION
4588 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4589 menu displayed.
4591 :visible INCLUDE
4593 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4594 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4596 :active ENABLE
4598 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4599 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4601 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4603 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4605 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4607 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4608 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4610 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4611 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4613 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4615 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4617 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4619 :keys KEYS
4621 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4622 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4623 computed automatically.
4624 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4626 :key-sequence KEYS
4628 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4629 menu item.
4630 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4631 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4632 keyboard equivalent.
4634 :active ENABLE
4636 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4637 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4639 :included INCLUDE
4641 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4642 expression has a non-nil value.
4644 :suffix NAME
4646 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4648 :style STYLE
4650 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4651 defined:
4653 toggle: A checkbox.
4654 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4655 radio: A radio button.
4656 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4657 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4658 menu bar itself.
4659 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4661 :selected SELECTED
4663 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4664 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4666 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4667 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4668 as a solid horizontal line.
4670 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4672 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4674 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4675 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4676 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4677 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4679 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4680 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4681 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4682 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4683 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4684 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4686 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4687 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4688 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4690 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4691 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4693 ;;;***
4695 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4696 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4697 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4698 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4699 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4702 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4703 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4705 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4706 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4708 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4709 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4710 it to the printer.
4712 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4713 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4714 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4715 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4717 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4718 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4719 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4721 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4722 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4723 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4724 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4726 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4728 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4729 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4730 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4732 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4734 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4735 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4737 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4738 The EPS file name has the following form:
4740 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4742 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4743 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4745 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4746 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4747 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4748 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4750 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4752 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4753 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4755 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4756 The EPS file name has the following form:
4758 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4760 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4761 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4763 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4764 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4765 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4766 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4768 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4770 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4772 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4773 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4775 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4776 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4778 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4779 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4781 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4782 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4784 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4785 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4787 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4788 Set STYLE to current style.
4790 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4792 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4793 Reset current style.
4795 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4797 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4798 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4800 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4802 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4803 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4805 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4807 ;;;***
4809 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4810 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4811 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4813 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4814 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4815 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4816 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4818 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4819 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4820 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4822 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4823 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4824 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4826 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4828 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4830 ;;;***
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4833 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4834 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4836 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4837 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4838 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4840 ;;;***
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4843 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435))
4844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4846 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4847 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4848 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4849 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4850 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4852 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4853 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4854 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4855 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4857 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4858 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4859 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4860 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4862 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4863 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4864 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4865 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4867 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4869 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4870 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4871 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4872 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4873 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4875 ;;;***
4877 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4878 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4879 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4880 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4881 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4882 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4883 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4884 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4885 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4886 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14398 37488))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4889 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4890 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4892 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4893 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4895 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4897 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4899 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4900 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4902 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4904 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4905 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4907 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4909 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4910 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4911 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4912 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4914 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4916 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4917 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4918 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4919 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4921 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4923 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4924 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4925 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4926 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4928 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4930 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4931 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4932 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4933 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4935 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4937 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4938 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4939 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4940 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4941 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4942 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4944 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4945 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4946 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4947 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4949 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
4951 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4952 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
4953 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4954 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4956 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
4958 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
4960 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4961 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
4962 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4963 follows:
4964 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4965 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4967 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
4968 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
4969 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4970 follows:
4971 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4972 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4974 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4975 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4976 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4977 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
4978 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
4980 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
4981 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
4982 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
4983 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
4984 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
4985 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
4987 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
4989 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
4990 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
4992 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4993 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
4995 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
4997 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
4998 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5001 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5003 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5004 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5005 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5006 buffer." t nil)
5008 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5009 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5010 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5011 buffer." t nil)
5013 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5014 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5015 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5016 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5018 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5019 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5020 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5021 and don't ask the user.
5022 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5023 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5025 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5026 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5028 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5030 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5032 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5033 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5034 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5035 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5037 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5039 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5040 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5041 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5044 Display Ediff's manual.
5045 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5047 ;;;***
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5050 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5052 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5054 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5056 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5058 ;;;***
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5061 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5064 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5065 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5067 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5069 ;;;***
5071 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5072 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5075 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5076 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5077 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5078 which see." t nil)
5080 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5081 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5082 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5083 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5085 ;;;***
5087 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5088 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5089 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5090 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5091 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5093 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5094 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5095 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5097 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5098 Edit a keyboard macro.
5099 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5100 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5101 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5102 its command name.
5103 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5105 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5106 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5108 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5109 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5111 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5112 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5113 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5114 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5115 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5116 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5118 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5119 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5120 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5121 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5123 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5124 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5125 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5126 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5127 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5128 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5130 ;;;***
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5133 ;;;;;; 33724))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5136 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5137 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5139 ;;;***
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5142 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5145 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5146 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5147 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5148 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5149 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5150 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5151 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5152 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5154 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5155 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5157 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5158 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5159 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5160 this value is non-nil.
5162 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5163 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5164 things.
5166 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5167 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5168 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5170 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5172 ;;;***
5174 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5178 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5179 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5181 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5182 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5183 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5184 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5185 from the documentation string if possible.
5187 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5188 instead.
5190 This variable is buffer-local.")
5192 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5193 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5194 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5196 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5197 of the mode.
5198 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5199 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5201 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5202 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5204 ;;;***
5206 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14460
5207 ;;;;;; 38616))
5208 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5210 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5211 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5213 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5214 an elided material again.
5216 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5218 ;;;***
5220 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5221 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5224 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5225 Initialize elint." t nil)
5227 ;;;***
5229 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5230 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5231 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5234 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5235 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5236 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5238 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5239 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5240 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5242 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5243 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5244 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5246 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5247 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5248 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5250 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5252 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5253 Display current profiling results.
5254 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5255 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5256 displayed." t nil)
5258 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5259 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5261 ;;;***
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5264 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5267 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5268 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5269 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5271 ;;;***
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5274 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5275 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5276 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5277 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5280 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5282 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5284 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5286 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5288 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5290 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5292 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5294 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5296 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5298 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5299 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5301 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5302 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5304 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5305 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5307 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5308 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5310 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5312 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5314 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5316 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5318 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5319 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5321 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5322 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5324 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5326 ;;;***
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5329 ;;;;;; (14232 6060))
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5332 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5333 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5334 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5336 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5337 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5338 automatically.
5340 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5341 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5342 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5344 ;;;***
5346 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5347 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403))
5348 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5350 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5351 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5352 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5353 text/enriched format.
5354 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5356 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5357 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5359 Commands:
5361 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5363 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5365 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5367 ;;;***
5369 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5370 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5372 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5373 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5374 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5375 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5377 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5378 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5379 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5381 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5383 ;;;***
5385 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5386 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5387 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5388 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5389 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
5390 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46114))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5393 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5394 *File name of tags table.
5395 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5396 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5397 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5398 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5400 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5401 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5402 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5403 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5404 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5405 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5407 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5408 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5409 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5410 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5411 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5413 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5414 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5415 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5416 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5418 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5419 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5420 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5421 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5422 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5424 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5425 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5426 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5427 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5429 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5430 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5431 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5432 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5433 file the tag was in." t nil)
5435 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5436 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5437 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5438 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5439 without directory names." nil nil)
5441 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5442 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5443 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5444 but does not select the buffer.
5445 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5447 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5448 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5449 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5450 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5451 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5453 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5455 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5456 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5457 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5459 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5461 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5464 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5469 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5470 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5474 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5479 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5481 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5482 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5483 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5484 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5485 around or before point.
5487 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5488 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5489 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5490 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5491 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5493 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5495 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5496 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5497 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5499 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5500 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5502 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5503 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5504 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5505 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5506 around or before point.
5508 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5509 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5510 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5511 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5512 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5514 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5516 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5517 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5518 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5520 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5521 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5523 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5524 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5525 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5527 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5528 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5529 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5530 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5531 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5533 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5535 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5536 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5537 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5539 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5540 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5541 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5543 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5544 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5546 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5547 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5548 where they were found." t nil)
5550 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5551 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5553 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5554 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5555 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5557 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5558 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5560 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5561 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5563 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5564 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5565 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5566 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5568 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5569 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5570 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5571 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5572 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5573 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5575 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5576 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5577 Stops when a match is found.
5578 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5580 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5582 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5583 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5584 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5585 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5586 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5588 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5590 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5591 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5592 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5593 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5594 directory specification." t nil)
5596 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5597 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5599 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5600 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5601 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5602 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5604 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5605 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5606 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5607 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5608 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5610 ;;;***
5612 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5613 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5614 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5615 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5616 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5617 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5618 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5619 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5620 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5623 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5624 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5626 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5628 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5629 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5630 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5631 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5633 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5634 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5635 language.
5637 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5638 even if the buffer is read-only.
5640 See also the descriptions of the variables
5641 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5642 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5644 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5645 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5647 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5648 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5650 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5651 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5652 language.
5654 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5655 buffer is read-only.
5657 See also the descriptions of the variables
5658 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5659 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5661 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5662 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5663 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5665 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5666 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5668 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5669 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5671 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5672 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5674 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5675 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5676 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5677 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5679 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5680 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5681 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5682 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5684 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5685 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5686 the primary language.
5688 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5689 buffer is read-only.
5691 See also the descriptions of the variables
5692 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5693 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5695 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5696 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5697 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5698 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5700 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5701 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5702 primary language.
5704 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5705 buffer is read-only.
5707 See also the descriptions of the variables
5708 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5709 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5711 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5712 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5713 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5715 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5716 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5718 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5719 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5720 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5721 3) convert the body into SERA.
5723 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5725 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5726 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5727 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5729 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5730 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5732 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5733 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5735 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5736 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5737 be 1, 2, or 3.
5739 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5740 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5741 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5743 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5745 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5746 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5748 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5749 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5750 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5752 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5753 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5755 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5756 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5758 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5759 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5761 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5762 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5764 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5765 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5767 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5768 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5770 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5771 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5773 ;;;***
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5776 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5777 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5780 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5781 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5782 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5783 server for future sessions." t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5786 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5789 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5791 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5792 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5793 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5794 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5795 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5796 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5797 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5798 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5799 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5800 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5801 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5802 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5805 Display a form to query the directory server.
5806 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5807 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5809 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5810 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5811 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5813 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5815 ;;;***
5817 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5818 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5819 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5822 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5823 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5825 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5826 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5828 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5829 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5831 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5832 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5834 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5835 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5837 ;;;***
5839 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5840 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5843 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5844 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5845 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5847 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5848 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5850 ;;;***
5852 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5853 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5856 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5857 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
5859 ;;;***
5861 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5862 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5865 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5866 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5867 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5868 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5869 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5870 executable." t nil)
5872 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5873 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5874 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5876 ;;;***
5878 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5879 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5882 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5883 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5884 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5885 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5887 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5889 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5890 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5891 to generate such functions.
5893 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5894 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5895 beginning of the expanded text.
5897 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5898 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5899 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5900 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5902 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5904 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5905 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5906 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5908 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5909 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5910 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5911 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5912 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5914 ;;;***
5916 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36512))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5919 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5920 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5922 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5923 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5924 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5926 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5928 Key definitions:
5929 \\{f90-mode-map}
5931 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5933 f90-do-indent
5934 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5935 f90-if-indent
5936 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5937 f90-type-indent
5938 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5939 f90-program-indent
5940 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
5941 (default 2)
5942 f90-continuation-indent
5943 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
5944 f90-comment-region
5945 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
5946 region. (default \"!!!$\")
5947 f90-indented-comment-re
5948 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
5949 (default \"!\")
5950 f90-directive-comment-re
5951 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
5952 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
5953 f90-break-delimiters
5954 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
5955 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
5956 f90-break-before-delimiters
5957 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
5958 (default t)
5959 f90-beginning-ampersand
5960 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
5961 f90-smart-end
5962 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
5963 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
5964 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
5965 f90-auto-keyword-case
5966 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
5967 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
5968 f90-leave-line-no
5969 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
5970 f90-startup-message
5971 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
5972 f90-keywords-re
5973 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
5975 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
5976 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
5978 ;;;***
5980 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
5981 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
5982 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
5983 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
5984 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14482 54416))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
5986 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
5987 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
5989 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
5990 Menu keymap for faces.")
5992 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
5994 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
5995 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
5997 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
5999 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6000 Menu keymap for background colors")
6002 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6004 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6005 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6007 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6009 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6010 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6012 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6014 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6015 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6017 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6019 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6020 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6022 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6024 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6026 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6028 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6030 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6031 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6032 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6033 will not show through at all will be removed.
6035 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6037 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6038 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6040 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6041 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6042 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6044 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6045 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6046 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6047 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6048 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6049 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6050 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6051 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6053 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6054 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6055 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6056 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6057 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6058 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6059 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6060 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6062 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6063 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6064 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6065 is the menu item's name.
6067 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6068 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6070 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6071 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6072 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6074 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6075 Make the region invisible.
6076 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6077 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6079 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6080 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6081 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6082 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6084 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6085 Make the region unmodifiable.
6086 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6087 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6089 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6090 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6092 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6093 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6095 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6096 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6097 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6099 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6100 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6102 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6103 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6105 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6106 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6107 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6108 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6109 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6111 ;;;***
6113 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6114 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6115 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6117 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6118 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6119 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6120 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6122 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6124 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6125 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6126 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6128 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6129 - When you save the file's buffer.
6130 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6131 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6132 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6133 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6135 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6137 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6138 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6139 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6140 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6142 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6143 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6145 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6147 ;;;***
6149 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6150 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6151 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6154 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6155 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6157 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6158 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6159 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6160 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6162 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6163 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6164 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6165 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6166 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6168 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6169 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6170 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6171 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6172 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6173 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6174 internally by feedmail):
6176 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6177 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6178 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6179 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6181 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6182 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6183 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6184 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6185 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6187 ;;;***
6189 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6190 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6191 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6193 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6194 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6195 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6196 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6197 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6198 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6199 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6201 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6202 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6203 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6204 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6205 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6206 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6207 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6209 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6210 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6212 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6213 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6214 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6215 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6216 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6217 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6219 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6220 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6221 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6222 Return value:
6223 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6224 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6225 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6227 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6228 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6230 ;;;***
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6233 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6236 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6237 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6238 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6239 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6240 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6241 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6242 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6243 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6244 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6245 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6247 ;;;***
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6250 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6253 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6254 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6255 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6256 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6257 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6259 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6260 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6261 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6262 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6264 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6265 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6266 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6268 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6270 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6271 as the final argument." t nil)
6273 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6274 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6275 and run dired on those files.
6276 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6277 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6279 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6281 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6282 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6283 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6285 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6287 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6292 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6296 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6297 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6298 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6300 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6302 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6303 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6304 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6306 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6307 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6309 Variables of interest include:
6311 - ff-case-fold-search
6312 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6313 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6315 - ff-always-in-other-window
6316 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6317 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6319 - ff-ignore-include
6320 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6322 - ff-always-try-to-create
6323 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6325 - ff-quiet-mode
6326 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6328 - ff-special-constructs
6329 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6330 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6331 extracting the filename from that construct.
6333 - ff-other-file-alist
6334 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6336 - ff-search-directories
6337 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6338 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6340 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6341 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6343 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6344 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6346 - ff-post-load-hooks
6347 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6349 - ff-not-found-hooks
6350 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6352 - ff-file-created-hooks
6353 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6355 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6356 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6358 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6359 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6361 ;;;***
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6364 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6365 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6366 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6367 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6368 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6371 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6372 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6374 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6375 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6376 not selected.
6378 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6379 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6380 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6382 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6383 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6385 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6386 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6387 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6388 it is one of the current buffers.
6390 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6391 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6392 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6394 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6395 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6397 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6399 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6400 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6402 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6404 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6405 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6407 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6408 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6409 not selected.
6411 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6412 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6414 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6415 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6417 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6418 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6419 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6420 it is one of the current buffers.
6422 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6423 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6424 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6427 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6429 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6431 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6432 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6434 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6436 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6437 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6438 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6440 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6441 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6443 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6444 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6446 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6447 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6449 ;;;***
6451 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6452 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6455 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6456 Toggle flow control handling.
6457 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6458 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6460 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6461 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6462 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6463 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6464 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6465 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6467 ;;;***
6469 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6470 ;;;;;; (14218 4428))
6471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6473 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6474 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6475 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6476 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6477 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6478 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6480 Bindings:
6481 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6482 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6483 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6485 Hooks:
6486 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6488 Remark:
6489 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6490 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6491 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6493 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6494 consider adding:
6495 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6496 in your .emacs file.
6498 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6500 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6502 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6503 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6505 ;;;***
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6508 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6509 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6512 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6513 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6515 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6516 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6518 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6519 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6521 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6522 of two major techniques:
6524 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6525 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6526 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6528 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6529 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6530 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6531 movement commands.
6533 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6534 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6535 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6536 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6537 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6538 mileage may vary).
6540 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6541 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6543 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6545 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6546 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6547 \(This is the default.)
6549 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6550 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6552 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6553 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6555 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6556 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6558 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6559 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6560 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6561 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6562 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6563 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6565 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6566 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6567 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6569 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6570 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6571 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6573 ;;;***
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6576 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6577 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6578 ;;;;;; (14477 53252))
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6581 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6582 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6584 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6585 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6586 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6588 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6590 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6591 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6592 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6593 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6595 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6596 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6598 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6600 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6601 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6602 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6604 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6606 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6607 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6608 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6609 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6610 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6611 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6613 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6614 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6616 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6617 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6619 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6620 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6621 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6623 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6624 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6626 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6627 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6628 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6630 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6631 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6632 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6634 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6635 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6636 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6638 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6639 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6640 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6641 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6642 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6643 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6644 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6645 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6646 end of the current highlighting list.
6648 For example:
6650 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6651 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6652 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6654 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6655 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6657 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6658 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6659 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6661 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6662 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
6664 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6665 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6667 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6668 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6669 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6670 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6671 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6673 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6674 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6676 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6677 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6678 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6679 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6681 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6683 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6685 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6687 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6688 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6690 ;;;***
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6693 ;;;;;; (14423 50991))
6694 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6696 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6697 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6698 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6699 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6700 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6702 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
6703 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
6704 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
6705 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
6706 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
6707 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
6709 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6710 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6712 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6714 ;;;***
6716 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14423
6717 ;;;;;; 51009))
6718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6720 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6721 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6722 \\<message-mode-map>
6723 key binding
6724 --- -------
6726 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6727 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6728 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6729 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6730 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6731 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6732 " t nil)
6734 ;;;***
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6737 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6740 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6741 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6743 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6744 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6745 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6746 C-c < forms-first-record <
6747 C-c > forms-last-record >
6748 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6749 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6750 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6751 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6752 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6753 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6754 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6755 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6756 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6757 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6758 " t nil)
6760 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6761 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6763 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6764 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6766 ;;;***
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6769 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14477 53257))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6772 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6773 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6774 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6775 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6776 with a character in column 6.")
6778 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6779 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6780 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6781 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6783 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6784 Fortran keywords.
6786 Key definitions:
6787 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6789 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6791 `comment-start'
6792 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6793 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6794 `fortran-do-indent'
6795 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6796 `fortran-if-indent'
6797 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6798 `fortran-structure-indent'
6799 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6800 (default 3)
6801 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6802 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6803 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6804 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6805 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6806 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6807 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6808 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6809 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6810 (for TAB format continuation style).
6811 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6812 indentation for a line of code.
6813 (default 'fixed)
6814 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6815 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6816 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6817 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6818 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6819 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6820 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6821 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6822 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6823 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6824 column 5. (default 1)
6825 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6826 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6827 statements. (default nil)
6828 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6829 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6830 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6831 statement. (default nil)
6832 `fortran-continuation-string'
6833 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6834 line. (default \"$\")
6835 `fortran-comment-region'
6836 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6837 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6838 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6839 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6840 as typed. (default t)
6841 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6842 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6843 (default t)
6845 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6846 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6851 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6854 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6855 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6857 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6858 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6860 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6861 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6862 function.
6864 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6865 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6866 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6867 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6868 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6869 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6871 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6872 Each keyword should be a string.
6874 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6875 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6877 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6878 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6879 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6881 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6883 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6885 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6886 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6887 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6888 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6890 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6891 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6893 ;;;***
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
6896 ;;;;;; (14480 59906))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
6899 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
6900 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
6901 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
6902 at places they belong to." t nil)
6904 ;;;***
6906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6907 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
6908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6910 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6911 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6913 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6914 Read network news.
6915 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6916 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6917 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6918 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6919 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6921 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6922 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6924 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6925 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6928 Read network news.
6929 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6930 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6931 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6933 ;;;***
6935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6936 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6937 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
6938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6940 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6941 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
6943 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6944 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
6946 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
6947 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
6948 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
6949 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
6951 \(gnus-agentize)
6953 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
6954 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
6955 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
6957 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
6958 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
6960 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
6962 ;;;***
6964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
6965 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
6966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
6968 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
6969 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
6971 ;;;***
6973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
6974 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
6975 ;;;;;; 49293))
6976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
6978 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
6979 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
6981 Usage:
6982 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
6984 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
6985 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
6988 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
6990 ;;;***
6992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
6993 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
6994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
6996 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
6997 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
6998 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7000 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7001 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7003 ;;;***
7005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7006 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7009 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7011 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7012 Run batched scoring.
7013 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7015 ;;;***
7017 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7018 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7021 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7022 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7023 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7025 ;;;***
7027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7028 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7031 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7032 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7033 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7034 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7035 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7037 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7038 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7040 ;;;***
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7043 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7046 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7047 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7048 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7049 for matching on group names.
7051 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7052 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7054 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7056 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7058 ;;;***
7060 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7061 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7064 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7065 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7067 ;;;***
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7070 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7073 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7074 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7076 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7077 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7079 ;;;***
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7082 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7085 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7086 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7088 ;;;***
7090 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7091 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7093 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7094 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7095 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7096 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7097 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7099 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7100 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7101 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7103 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7104 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7105 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7107 ;;;***
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7110 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7111 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
7113 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7114 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7115 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7116 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7117 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7119 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7120 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7121 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7122 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7123 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7125 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7126 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7127 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7128 or to send e-mail.
7129 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7131 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7132 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7134 ;;;***
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7139 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7140 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7141 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7142 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7143 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7145 ;;;***
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7148 ;;;;;; (14369 61534))
7149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7151 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7152 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7153 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7154 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7156 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7157 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7158 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7159 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7161 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7162 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7163 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7164 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7166 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7167 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7168 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7169 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7171 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7172 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7174 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7175 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7176 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7177 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7179 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7180 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7181 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7182 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7185 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7186 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7187 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7188 between it and it's value." t nil)
7189 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7191 ;;;***
7193 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7194 ;;;;;; 23942))
7195 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7197 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7198 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7199 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7200 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7202 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7203 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7204 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7205 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7207 ;;;***
7209 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7210 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7213 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7214 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7217 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7218 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7219 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7221 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7223 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7224 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7225 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7226 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7227 to be updated." t nil)
7229 ;;;***
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7232 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7235 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7236 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7237 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7238 and window listing and describing the options.
7239 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7240 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7242 ;;;***
7244 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7245 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
7246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7248 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7249 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7252 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7254 ;;;***
7256 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7257 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7258 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7260 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7261 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7262 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7263 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7264 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7266 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7267 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7269 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7270 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7271 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7272 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7274 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7275 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7276 periods.
7278 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7279 in hexl format.
7281 A sample format:
7283 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7284 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7285 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7286 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7287 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7288 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7289 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7290 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7291 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7292 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7293 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7294 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7295 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7296 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7297 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7299 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7300 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7301 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7303 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7304 also supported.
7306 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7308 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7309 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7310 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7312 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7313 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7314 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7316 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7317 into the buffer at the current point.
7319 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7320 into the buffer at the current point.
7322 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7323 into the buffer at the current point.
7325 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7327 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7328 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7330 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7332 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7335 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7336 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7338 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7339 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7340 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7342 ;;;***
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7345 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7348 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7349 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7351 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7352 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7353 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7354 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7355 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7356 how the hiding is done:
7358 hide-ifdef-env
7359 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7360 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7361 is used.
7363 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7364 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7365 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7366 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7367 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7369 hide-ifdef-lines
7370 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7371 #endif lines when hiding.
7373 hide-ifdef-initially
7374 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7375 is activated.
7377 hide-ifdef-read-only
7378 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7379 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7381 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7383 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7384 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7386 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7387 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7389 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7390 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7392 ;;;***
7394 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7395 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14454 151))
7396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7398 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7399 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7401 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7402 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7403 Each element has the form
7404 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7406 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7407 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7409 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7410 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7412 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7413 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7414 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7415 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7416 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7418 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7419 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7421 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7422 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7424 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7425 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7426 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7428 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7429 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7430 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7431 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7432 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7433 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7434 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see `run-hooks'.
7436 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7437 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7438 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7440 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7441 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7443 Key bindings:
7444 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7446 ;;;***
7448 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7449 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7450 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7451 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7452 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7454 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7456 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7457 Remove the change face from the region.
7458 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7460 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7461 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7463 Without an argument,
7464 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7465 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7466 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7468 With an argument,
7469 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7470 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7471 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7473 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7474 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7475 not displayed in a different face.
7477 Functions:
7478 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7479 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7480 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7481 buffer with the contents of a file
7482 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7483 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7484 various faces.
7487 Hook variables:
7488 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7489 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7490 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7491 " t nil)
7493 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7494 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7496 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7497 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7499 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7500 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7502 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7503 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7504 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7505 shown in the last face in the list.
7507 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7508 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7509 buffer to be saved):
7510 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7511 " t nil)
7513 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7514 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7516 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7517 and not in read-only mode.
7519 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7520 when called interactively.
7522 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7523 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7524 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7526 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7527 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7528 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7530 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7531 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7533 When called interactively:
7534 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7535 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7536 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7537 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7539 When called from a program:
7540 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7541 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7542 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7543 - otherwise just turn it on
7545 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7546 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7547 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7548 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7550 ;;;***
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7553 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7554 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7555 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7556 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7559 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7560 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7561 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7562 or insert functions in this list.")
7564 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7565 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7567 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7568 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7570 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7571 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7573 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7574 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7576 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7577 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7578 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7580 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7581 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7582 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7583 \(as atoms)")
7585 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7586 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7587 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7588 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7589 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7591 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7592 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7593 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7594 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7595 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7596 expansions.
7597 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7598 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7599 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7601 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7602 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7603 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7604 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7606 ;;;***
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7609 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7612 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7613 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7615 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7617 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7619 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7621 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7622 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7624 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7625 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7626 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7628 ;;;***
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7631 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7634 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7635 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7637 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7638 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7640 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7642 ;;;***
7644 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7645 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7646 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7648 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7649 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7651 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7652 This function is absolete." t nil)
7654 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7655 This function is absolete." t nil)
7657 ;;;***
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7660 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7663 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7664 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7665 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7667 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7668 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7669 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7671 ;;;***
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7676 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7677 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7678 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7679 Tab indents for Icon code.
7680 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7681 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7682 \\{icon-mode-map}
7683 Variables controlling indentation style:
7684 icon-tab-always-indent
7685 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7686 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7687 icon-auto-newline
7688 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7689 inserted in Icon code.
7690 icon-indent-level
7691 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7692 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7693 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7694 icon-continued-statement-offset
7695 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7696 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7697 icon-continued-brace-offset
7698 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7699 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7700 icon-brace-offset
7701 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7702 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7703 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7704 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7706 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7707 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7709 ;;;***
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7712 ;;;;;; (14454 157))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7715 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7716 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7717 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7718 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7720 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7721 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7722 separate frames.
7724 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7726 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7727 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7728 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7732 ;;;***
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7735 ;;;;;; (14454 157))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7738 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7739 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7741 The main features of this mode are
7743 1. Indentation and Formatting
7744 --------------------------
7745 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7746 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7748 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7749 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7750 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7751 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7753 Comments are indented as follows:
7755 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7756 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7757 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7759 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7761 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7762 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7763 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7764 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7765 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7767 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7768 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7769 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7771 2. Routine Info
7772 ------------
7773 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7774 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7775 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7776 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7777 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7778 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7779 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7781 3. Completion
7782 ----------
7783 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7784 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7785 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7786 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7787 upper case.
7789 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7790 --------------------------------
7791 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7792 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7794 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7795 \\fu FUNCTION template
7796 \\c CASE statement template
7797 \\f FOR loop template
7798 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7799 \\w WHILE loop template
7800 \\i IF statement template
7801 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7802 \\b BEGIN
7804 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7805 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7807 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7808 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7809 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7811 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7812 -------------------------
7813 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7814 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7816 6. Automatic END completion
7817 ------------------------
7818 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7819 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7821 7. Hooks
7822 -----
7823 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7824 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7826 8. Documentation and Customization
7827 -------------------------------
7828 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7829 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7830 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7831 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7832 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7834 9. Keybindings
7835 -----------
7836 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7837 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7838 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7840 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7842 ;;;***
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7846 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7848 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7849 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7850 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7852 ;;;***
7854 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7855 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
7856 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14446 11796))
7857 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7859 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
7860 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
7861 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
7862 be determined." nil nil)
7864 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7865 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7867 be determined." nil nil)
7869 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7870 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7871 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7873 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7874 Create an image.
7875 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
7876 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7877 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
7878 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
7879 use its file extension.as image type.
7880 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
7881 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7882 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7883 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7885 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7886 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7887 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7888 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7889 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7890 image.
7891 POS may be an integer or marker.
7892 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7893 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7894 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7895 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7897 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7898 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7899 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7900 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7901 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7902 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7903 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7904 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7906 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7907 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7908 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7909 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7911 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7912 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7914 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7915 documentation string.
7917 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7918 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7919 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
7920 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
7921 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
7922 string containing the actual image data. The first image
7923 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
7924 define SYMBOL.
7926 Example:
7928 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7929 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7931 ;;;***
7933 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7934 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
7937 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
7938 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
7940 Affects only the mouse index menu.
7942 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
7943 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
7944 in the buffer.
7946 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
7948 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
7949 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
7950 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
7952 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
7953 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
7955 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
7956 to create a buffer index.
7958 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
7959 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
7960 or like this:
7961 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
7962 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
7963 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
7964 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
7965 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
7967 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
7968 entries are not nested.
7970 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
7971 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
7972 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
7973 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
7975 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
7976 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
7978 The variable is buffer-local.
7980 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
7981 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
7982 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
7984 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
7985 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
7986 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
7987 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
7989 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
7991 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
7992 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
7994 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
7995 of the current buffer as an alist.
7997 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
7998 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
7999 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8000 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8001 if it is a sub-alist.
8003 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8005 The variable is buffer-local.")
8007 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8009 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8010 Function for finding the next index position.
8012 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8013 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8014 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8015 file.
8017 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8018 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8020 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8022 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8024 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8025 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8027 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8028 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8029 It should return the name for that index item.
8031 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8033 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8035 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8036 Function to compare string with index item.
8038 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8039 non-nil if they match.
8041 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8042 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8043 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8044 arguments match\".
8046 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8048 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8050 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8051 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8052 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8054 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8056 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8058 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8059 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8060 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8061 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8063 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8064 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8066 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8068 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8069 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8070 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8071 for more information." t nil)
8073 ;;;***
8075 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8076 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8079 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8080 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8081 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8082 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8083 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8085 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8086 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8088 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8089 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8090 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8091 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8092 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8093 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8094 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8095 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8097 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8098 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8099 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8100 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8101 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8103 More precise choices:
8104 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8105 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8106 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8108 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8110 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8111 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8113 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8114 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8115 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8116 to that buffer.
8117 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8118 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8119 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8121 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8123 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8125 ;;;***
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8128 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8129 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14485 39769))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8132 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8133 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8134 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8136 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8137 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8138 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8139 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8140 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8141 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8143 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8144 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8146 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8147 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8148 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8150 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8151 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8152 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8153 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8155 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8156 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8157 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8158 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8159 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8161 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8162 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8163 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8164 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8165 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8166 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8168 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8169 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8170 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8172 ;;;***
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8175 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8176 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
8177 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8179 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8180 Throw away all cached data.
8181 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8182 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8183 system." t nil)
8185 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8186 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8187 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8188 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8189 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8190 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8192 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8195 Display the documentation of a file.
8196 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8197 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8198 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8199 The default file name is the one found at point.
8201 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8204 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8206 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8207 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8209 ;;;***
8211 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8212 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8215 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8216 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8218 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8219 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8220 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8222 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8223 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8224 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8226 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8227 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8228 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8229 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8231 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8232 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8233 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8236 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8237 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8238 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8239 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8241 ;;;***
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8244 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8245 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8248 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8249 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8251 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8252 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8254 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8256 ;;;***
8258 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8259 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8262 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8263 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8264 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8265 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8266 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8267 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8269 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8270 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8272 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8273 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8274 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8275 \"s gives German sharp s.
8276 /a gives a with ring.
8277 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8278 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8279 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8280 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8282 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8283 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8285 ;;;***
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8288 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
8289 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
8290 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
8291 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8293 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8294 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8295 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8296 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8297 `format-alist')." t nil)
8299 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8300 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8301 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8302 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8303 `format-alist')." t nil)
8305 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8306 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8307 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8308 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8309 `format-alist')." t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8312 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8313 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8314 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8315 `format-alist')." t nil)
8317 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8318 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8319 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8320 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8321 `format-alist')." t nil)
8323 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8324 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8325 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8326 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8327 `format-alist')." t nil)
8329 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8330 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8331 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8332 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8333 `format-alist')." t nil)
8335 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8336 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8339 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8341 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8342 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8344 ;;;***
8346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8347 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8348 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8349 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8350 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8351 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8353 ;;;***
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8356 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8357 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8358 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8359 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8360 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8363 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8364 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8366 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8367 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8369 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8370 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8372 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8373 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8374 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8375 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8377 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8378 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8379 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8381 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8383 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8385 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8387 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8389 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8391 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8393 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8394 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8396 Each element of this list is also a list:
8398 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8399 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8401 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8402 nil means the default dictionary.
8404 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8405 word.
8407 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8409 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8410 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8411 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8412 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8413 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8414 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8415 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8416 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8417 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8419 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8420 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8421 single word.
8423 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8424 subprocess.
8426 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8427 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8428 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8429 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8430 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8431 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8432 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8433 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8435 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8437 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8438 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8439 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8441 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8442 Key map for ispell menu.")
8444 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8445 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8446 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8447 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8449 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8451 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8453 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8455 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8457 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8459 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8460 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8461 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8462 Valid forms include:
8463 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8464 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8465 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8466 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8468 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8469 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8470 First list is used raw.
8471 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8473 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8474 for skipping in latex mode.")
8476 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8478 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8479 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8480 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8481 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8483 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8484 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8485 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8486 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8487 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8489 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8490 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8492 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8494 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8495 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8497 return values:
8498 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8499 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8500 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8501 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8502 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8504 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8505 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8507 Selections are:
8509 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8510 SPC: Accept word this time.
8511 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8512 `a': Accept word for this session.
8513 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8514 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8515 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8516 `?': Show these commands.
8517 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8518 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8519 the aborted check to be completed later.
8520 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8521 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8522 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8523 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8524 `C-l': redraws screen
8525 `C-r': recursive edit
8526 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8528 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8529 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8530 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8532 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8533 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8534 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8536 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8538 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8540 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8541 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8542 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8543 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8545 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8546 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8548 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8549 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8552 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8554 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8555 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8556 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8557 sequence inside of a word.
8559 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8561 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8562 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8564 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8565 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8566 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8568 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8569 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8571 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8572 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8574 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8575 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8576 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8577 Don't check included messages.
8579 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8580 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8581 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8583 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8584 in your .emacs file:
8585 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8586 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8587 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8588 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8590 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8591 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8592 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8594 ;;;***
8596 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8597 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8598 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8601 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8602 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8603 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8604 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8605 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8606 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8608 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8609 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8610 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8611 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8613 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8614 Switch to another buffer.
8616 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8617 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8618 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8619 in another frame.
8620 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8622 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8623 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8625 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8627 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8628 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8629 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8630 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8632 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8633 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8635 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8637 ;;;***
8639 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8640 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8641 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8642 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8643 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8646 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8647 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8649 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8651 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8652 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8653 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8654 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8655 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8656 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8657 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8658 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8660 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8661 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8662 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8663 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8665 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8666 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8667 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8668 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8669 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8671 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8672 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8673 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8674 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8676 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8677 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8678 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8679 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8681 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8682 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8684 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8685 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8686 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8687 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8688 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8691 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8692 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8693 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8694 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8696 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8697 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8698 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8700 ;;;***
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8703 ;;;;;; (14485 51270))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8706 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8707 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8708 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8709 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8711 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8712 following ways:
8714 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8715 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8716 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8717 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8718 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8720 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8721 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8722 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8723 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8725 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8726 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8727 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8728 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8729 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8730 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8731 strings or comments span lines.
8733 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8734 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8735 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8736 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8738 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8739 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8741 ;;;***
8743 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8744 ;;;;;; (14440 46009))
8745 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8747 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8748 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8750 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8752 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8754 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8755 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8757 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8758 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8759 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8760 (interactive "P")
8761 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8762 (progn
8763 (require 'jka-compr)
8764 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8765 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8766 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8768 ;;;***
8770 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8771 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8774 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8775 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8776 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8778 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8779 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8780 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8781 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8782 shorter.
8784 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8785 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8786 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8791 ;;;;;; 39823))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8794 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8795 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8796 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8797 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8798 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8799 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8800 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8802 ;;;***
8804 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8805 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8808 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8809 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8810 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8812 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8813 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8815 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8817 ;;;***
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8820 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8823 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8825 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8826 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8828 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8830 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8831 Start or resume an Lm game.
8832 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8833 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8835 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8836 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8837 none / 1 | yes | no
8838 2 | yes | yes
8839 3 | no | yes
8840 4 | no | no
8842 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8843 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8844 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8846 ;;;***
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
8849 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
8850 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8851 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8854 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8855 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8857 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
8859 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
8860 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
8861 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
8862 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
8863 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
8864 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
8866 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
8867 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
8869 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
8870 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
8872 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
8873 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
8874 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
8875 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
8876 to compose.
8878 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
8880 ;;;***
8882 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8883 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8886 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8887 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8888 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8889 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8891 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8893 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8895 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8896 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8897 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8898 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8899 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8900 for large buffers.
8902 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8903 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8904 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8905 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8906 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8908 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8909 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8910 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8911 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8912 slow to keep up with your typing.
8914 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8915 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8916 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8917 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8918 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8919 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8921 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8922 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8923 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8924 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8926 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8927 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8928 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8929 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8931 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8932 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8933 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8934 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
8935 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
8937 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
8938 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
8943 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
8946 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
8947 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
8949 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
8950 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
8952 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
8953 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
8955 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
8956 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
8957 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
8958 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
8959 for later transmission to Lisp job.
8960 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
8961 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
8962 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
8963 and transmit saved text.
8964 \\{ledit-mode-map}
8965 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
8966 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
8968 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
8970 ;;;***
8972 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
8975 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
8976 Run Conway's Life simulation.
8977 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
8978 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
8979 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
8981 ;;;***
8983 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
8984 ;;;;;; 16155))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
8987 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
8988 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
8989 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
8990 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
8992 ;;;***
8994 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
8995 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
8998 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
8999 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9000 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9002 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9003 Run the locate command with a filter.
9005 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9006 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9008 ;;;***
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9011 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
9012 ;;;;;; 46009))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9015 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9016 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9017 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9019 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9020 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9022 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9023 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9024 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9025 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9026 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9027 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9028 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9030 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9031 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9032 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9033 switch on this list.
9034 See `lpr-command'.")
9036 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9037 *Name of program for printing a file.
9039 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9040 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9041 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9042 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9043 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9044 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9045 argument.")
9047 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9048 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9049 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9050 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9052 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9053 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9055 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9056 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9057 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9058 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9060 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9061 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9063 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9064 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9066 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9067 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9069 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9071 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9072 Paginate and print the region contents.
9074 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9075 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9076 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9077 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9079 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9080 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9082 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9083 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9085 ;;;***
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9090 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9091 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9092 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9093 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9094 package is used.")
9096 ;;;***
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9099 ;;;;;; 53924))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9102 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9103 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9104 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9106 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9108 ;;;***
9110 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9111 ;;;;;; 30919))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9114 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9115 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9116 \\{m4-mode-map}
9117 " t nil)
9119 ;;;***
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9122 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9125 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9126 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9127 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9128 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9129 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9131 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9132 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9133 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9134 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9136 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9137 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9138 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9139 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9140 bindings.
9142 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9143 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9145 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9146 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9147 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9148 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9149 each time the macro executes.
9150 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9151 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9152 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9153 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9154 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9155 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9156 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9158 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9159 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9160 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9162 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9163 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9164 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9165 execute.
9167 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9168 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9170 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9171 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9172 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9173 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9174 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9176 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9177 looked like this:
9179 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9180 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9181 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9183 You could enter the names in this format:
9189 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9191 \\C-x (
9192 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9193 \\C-x )
9195 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9196 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9197 " t nil)
9198 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9203 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9206 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9207 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9208 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9209 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9211 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9212 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9213 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9214 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9215 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9217 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9218 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9219 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9220 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9222 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9223 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9225 ;;;***
9227 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9228 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9229 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9232 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9233 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9235 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9237 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9238 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9240 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9241 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9242 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9243 message.
9245 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9250 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9251 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14480
9252 ;;;;;; 16128))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9255 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9256 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9257 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9258 often correct parser.")
9260 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9262 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9263 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9264 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9265 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9267 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9268 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9270 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9272 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9273 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9274 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9275 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9277 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9278 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9279 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9280 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9281 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9282 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9284 ;;;***
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9287 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9290 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9291 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9293 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9294 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9295 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9297 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9298 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9299 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9304 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9305 ;;;;;; 15646))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9308 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9309 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9310 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9311 king@grassland.com
9312 If `parens', they look like:
9313 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9314 If `angles', they look like:
9315 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9317 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9318 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9319 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9320 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9321 their `Resent-' variants.
9323 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9324 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9326 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9327 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9328 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9330 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9331 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9332 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9333 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9335 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9336 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9337 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9338 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9340 ;;;***
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9343 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9346 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9347 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9348 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9350 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9352 In the browser, use the following keys:
9354 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9356 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9358 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9359 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9361 makefile-target-colon:
9362 The string that gets appended to all target names
9363 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9364 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9366 makefile-macro-assign:
9367 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9368 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9369 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9370 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9371 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9372 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9374 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9375 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9376 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9378 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9379 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9381 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9382 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9383 up or down in the browser.
9385 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9386 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9388 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9389 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9391 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9392 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9393 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9394 has been selected in the browser.
9396 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9397 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9398 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9399 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9400 filenames are omitted.
9402 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9403 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9404 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9405 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9406 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9407 the backslash itself intact.
9408 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9409 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9411 makefile-browser-hook:
9412 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9413 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9415 makefile-special-targets-list:
9416 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9417 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9418 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9420 ;;;***
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9423 ;;;;;; 28917))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9426 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9427 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9428 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9430 ;;;***
9432 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9435 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9437 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9438 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9439 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9440 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9441 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9442 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9443 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9445 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9446 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9448 ;;;***
9450 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9451 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9452 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9453 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9454 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9455 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9456 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9457 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9458 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9461 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9462 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9464 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9465 king@grassland.com
9466 If `parens', they look like:
9467 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9468 If `angles', they look like:
9469 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9471 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9472 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9474 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9475 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9477 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9478 *Local news organization file.")
9480 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9481 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9482 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9483 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9485 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9486 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9487 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9489 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9490 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9492 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9493 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9494 nil means use indentation.")
9496 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9497 *Function for citing an original message.
9498 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9499 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9500 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9502 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9503 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9504 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9505 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9506 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9508 (defvar message-signature t "\
9509 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9510 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9511 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9512 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9514 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9515 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9517 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9519 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9520 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9521 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9522 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9523 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9524 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9525 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9526 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9527 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9528 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9529 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9530 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9531 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9532 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9533 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9534 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9535 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9536 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9537 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9538 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9539 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9541 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9542 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9543 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9545 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9546 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9548 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9549 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9551 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9552 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9554 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9555 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9556 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9558 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9559 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9561 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9562 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9563 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9564 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9566 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9567 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9569 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9570 Forward the current message via mail.
9571 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9573 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9574 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9576 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9577 Re-mail the current message.
9578 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9579 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9580 you." t nil)
9582 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9583 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9585 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9586 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9588 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9589 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9591 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9592 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9594 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9595 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9596 Works by overstriking characters.
9597 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9598 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9600 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9601 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9602 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9603 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9605 ;;;***
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9608 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9611 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9612 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9613 Special commands:
9614 \\{meta-mode-map}
9616 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9617 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9619 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9620 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9621 Special commands:
9622 \\{meta-mode-map}
9624 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9625 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9627 ;;;***
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9630 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9631 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9634 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9635 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9636 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9638 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9639 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9640 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9641 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9642 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9643 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9644 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9646 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9647 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9648 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9649 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9650 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9651 means current).
9652 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9653 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9655 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9656 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9657 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9658 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9659 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9660 means current).
9661 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9662 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9664 ;;;***
9666 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9667 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9668 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9670 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9671 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9672 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9673 to the MH mail system.
9675 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9677 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9678 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9679 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9680 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9681 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9682 that want to create a mail buffer.
9683 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9685 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9686 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9687 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9688 to the MH mail system.
9690 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9692 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9693 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9694 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9695 using the MH mail handling system.
9696 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9697 messages.
9699 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9701 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9703 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9704 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9705 the yanked message.
9707 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9708 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9709 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9710 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9711 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9713 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9714 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9715 inserted in a draft letter.
9717 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9718 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9720 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9722 ;;;***
9724 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14376
9725 ;;;;;; 9267))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9728 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9729 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9730 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9731 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9733 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9734 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9736 ;;;***
9738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9741 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9742 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9744 ;;;***
9746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9749 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9751 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9753 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9755 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9757 ;;;***
9759 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9760 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9763 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9764 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9765 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9766 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9767 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9768 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9769 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9770 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9771 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9772 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9773 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9775 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9776 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9777 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9778 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9780 ;;;***
9782 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9783 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9786 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9787 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9789 ;;;***
9791 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9792 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9795 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9796 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9797 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9798 followed by the first character of the construct.
9799 \\<m2-mode-map>
9800 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9801 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9802 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9803 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9804 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9805 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9806 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9807 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9808 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9809 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9810 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9811 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9812 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9813 \\[m2-link] link
9815 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9816 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9817 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9819 ;;;***
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9822 ;;;;;; 2283))
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9825 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9826 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9827 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9828 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9830 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9832 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9834 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9836 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9837 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9838 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9839 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9840 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9841 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9843 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9844 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9845 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9846 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9848 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9849 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9851 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9852 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9854 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9856 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9857 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9858 primary selection and region." t nil)
9860 ;;;***
9862 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9865 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9866 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9868 ;;;***
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9871 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9873 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9874 Toggle msb-mode.
9875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9876 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9878 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9880 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9882 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9883 Toggle Msb mode.
9884 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9885 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9886 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9888 ;;;***
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9891 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9892 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9893 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
9894 ;;;;;; (14406 33643))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9897 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9898 Display a list of all character sets.
9900 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
9901 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
9902 by any character in this character set.
9903 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
9904 by any character in this character set.
9906 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9907 but still shows the full information." t nil)
9909 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9910 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
9912 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
9913 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
9915 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
9916 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
9917 at the place of `..':
9918 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
9919 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
9920 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
9921 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
9922 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
9923 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
9924 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9925 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9926 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9927 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9928 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
9929 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
9930 `default-process-coding-system' for read
9931 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
9932 `default-process-coding-system' for write
9933 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
9935 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9936 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
9939 Display a list of all coding systems.
9940 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
9942 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9943 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
9945 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
9946 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
9948 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
9949 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
9951 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
9952 Display information of FONTSET.
9953 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
9954 contained in FONTSET.
9956 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
9957 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
9958 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
9959 frame.
9961 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
9962 o -- font already opened
9963 - -- font not yet opened
9964 x -- font can't be opened
9965 ? -- no font specified
9967 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
9968 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
9970 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
9971 Display a list of all fontsets.
9972 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
9973 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
9974 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
9977 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
9979 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
9980 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
9982 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
9983 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
9984 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
9985 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
9987 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
9988 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
9989 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9991 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
9992 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
9993 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
9995 ;;;***
9997 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
9998 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
9999 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10000 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10001 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10002 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10003 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
10004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10006 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10007 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10008 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10010 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10012 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10014 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10015 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10017 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10018 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10019 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10020 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10021 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10023 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10024 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10025 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10026 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10027 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10029 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10030 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10032 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10034 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10036 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10037 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10038 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10039 is considered.
10040 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10041 longer than KEYSEQ.
10042 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10044 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10045 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10046 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10047 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10048 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10049 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10050 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10051 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10052 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10053 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10054 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10056 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10057 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10059 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10060 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10062 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10063 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10065 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10066 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10068 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10069 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10071 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10072 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10073 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10074 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10076 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10077 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10078 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10079 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10081 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10082 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10083 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10084 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10086 ;;;***
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10091 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10092 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10094 ;;;***
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10097 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10098 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
10099 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
10102 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10103 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10105 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10106 Ping HOST.
10107 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10108 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10110 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10111 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10113 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10115 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10116 Run netstat program." t nil)
10118 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10119 Run the arp program." t nil)
10121 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10122 Run the route program." t nil)
10124 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10125 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10127 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10128 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10130 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10131 Run dig program." t nil)
10133 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10134 Run ftp program." t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10137 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10139 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10140 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10141 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10142 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10144 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10146 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10147 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10149 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10150 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10152 ;;;***
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10155 ;;;;;; 49432))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10158 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10159 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10160 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10161 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10162 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10163 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10165 ;;;***
10167 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10168 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10171 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10172 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10174 ;;;***
10176 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10177 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10180 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10181 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10182 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10184 ;;;***
10186 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10187 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10190 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10191 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10193 ;;;***
10195 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10196 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10199 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10200 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10202 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10203 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10205 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10206 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10208 ;;;***
10210 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10211 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10212 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10214 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10215 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10216 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10218 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10220 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10221 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10222 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10223 to future sessions." t nil)
10225 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10226 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10227 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10228 to future sessions." t nil)
10230 ;;;***
10232 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10233 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10236 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10237 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10238 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10239 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10240 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10241 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10243 ;;;***
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10246 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10249 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10250 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10251 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10252 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10253 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10255 ;;;***
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10258 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10261 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10262 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10263 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10265 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10267 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10268 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10270 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10271 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10272 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10274 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10276 ;;;***
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10279 ;;;;;; (14358 1330))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10282 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10283 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10285 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10286 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10287 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10288 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10290 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10291 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10292 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10293 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10294 is why you need this mode!).
10296 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10297 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10298 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10300 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10302 Keybindings
10303 ===========
10305 \\{octave-mode-map}
10307 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10308 ==============================================
10310 octave-auto-indent
10311 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10312 Default is nil.
10314 octave-auto-newline
10315 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10316 Default is nil.
10318 octave-blink-matching-block
10319 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10320 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10322 octave-block-offset
10323 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10324 Default is 2.
10326 octave-continuation-offset
10327 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10328 Default is 4.
10330 octave-continuation-string
10331 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10332 Default is a backslash.
10334 octave-mode-startup-message
10335 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10336 Default is t.
10338 octave-send-echo-input
10339 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10340 command to the inferior Octave process.
10342 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10343 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10344 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10346 octave-send-echo-input
10347 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10349 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10351 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10352 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10354 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10355 (setq auto-mode-alist
10356 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10358 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10359 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10361 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10362 (lambda ()
10363 (abbrev-mode 1)
10364 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10365 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10366 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10368 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10369 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10370 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10371 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10373 ;;;***
10375 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10376 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10379 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10380 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10382 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10383 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10384 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10385 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10386 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10388 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10390 ;;;***
10392 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10393 ;;;;;; (14454 157))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10396 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10397 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10398 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10399 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10401 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10402 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10403 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10404 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10406 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10407 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10408 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10409 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10410 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10411 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10413 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10414 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10416 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10417 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10418 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10419 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10420 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10421 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10422 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10423 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10424 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10425 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10426 The subheadings remain visible.
10427 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10429 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10430 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10431 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10433 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10434 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10436 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10437 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10438 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10439 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10441 ;;;***
10443 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10444 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10445 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10447 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10448 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10449 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10450 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10452 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10454 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10456 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10458 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10459 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10460 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10461 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10463 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10464 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10466 ;;;***
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263
10469 ;;;;;; 35958))
10470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10472 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10473 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10474 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10476 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10477 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10479 Other useful functions are:
10481 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10482 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10483 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10484 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10485 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10486 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10487 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10488 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10489 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10491 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10493 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10494 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10495 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10496 Indentation for case statements.
10497 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10498 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10499 mark after an end.
10500 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10501 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10502 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10503 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10504 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10505 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10506 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10507 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10508 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10509 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10511 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10512 pascal-separator-keywords.
10514 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10515 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10517 ;;;***
10519 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10520 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10523 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10524 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10525 The keys affected are:
10526 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10527 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10528 M-Backspace does undo.
10529 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10530 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10531 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10536 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10539 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10540 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10542 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10544 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10545 which modify the status of the mark.
10547 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10548 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10550 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10551 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10553 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10554 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10555 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10556 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10557 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10559 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10560 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10562 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10563 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10564 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10566 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10567 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10568 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10570 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10571 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10573 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10574 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10575 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10577 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10578 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10579 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10581 F6 other-window
10582 DELETE delete-char
10583 C-DELETE kill-line
10584 M-DELETE kill-word
10585 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10586 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10587 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10589 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10590 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10591 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10592 and cursor movement commands.
10593 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10594 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10596 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10598 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10600 ;;;***
10602 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10603 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10606 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10607 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10608 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10609 Tab indents for Perl code.
10610 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10611 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10612 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10613 \\{perl-mode-map}
10614 Variables controlling indentation style:
10615 perl-tab-always-indent
10616 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10617 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10618 perl-tab-to-comment
10619 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10620 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10621 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10622 perl-nochange
10623 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10624 perl-indent-level
10625 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10626 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10627 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10628 perl-continued-statement-offset
10629 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10630 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10631 perl-continued-brace-offset
10632 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10633 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10634 perl-brace-offset
10635 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10636 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10637 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10638 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10639 perl-label-offset
10640 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10642 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10643 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10644 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10645 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10646 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10647 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10648 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10650 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10652 ;;;***
10654 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10655 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10658 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10659 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10660 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10661 afterwards settable by these commands:
10662 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10663 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10664 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10665 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10666 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10667 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10668 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10669 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10670 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10671 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10672 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10673 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10674 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10675 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10676 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10677 with these commands:
10678 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10679 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10680 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10681 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10682 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10683 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10684 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10685 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10686 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10687 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10688 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10689 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10690 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10691 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10692 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10693 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10694 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10695 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10696 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10697 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10698 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10699 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10700 text is saved in the kill ring.
10701 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10702 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10703 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10704 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10705 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10706 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10707 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10708 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10709 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10710 commands if invoked soon enough.
10711 You can return to the previous mode with:
10712 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10713 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10715 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10717 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10718 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10720 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10722 ;;;***
10724 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
10727 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
10728 Play pong and waste time.
10729 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
10730 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
10732 pong-mode keybindings:
10733 \\<pong-mode-map>
10735 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
10737 ;;;***
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10740 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10743 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10744 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10745 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10746 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10747 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10749 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10750 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10751 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10752 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10753 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10756 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10757 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10758 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10760 ;;;***
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10763 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10766 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10767 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10768 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10769 Commands:
10770 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10771 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10772 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10774 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10775 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10777 ;;;***
10779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10780 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10782 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10783 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10784 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10786 ;;;***
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10789 ;;;;;; 3795))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10792 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10793 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10795 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10797 The following variables hold user options, and can
10798 be set through the `customize' command:
10800 ps-mode-auto-indent
10801 ps-mode-tab
10802 ps-mode-paper-size
10803 ps-mode-print-function
10804 ps-run-prompt
10805 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10806 ps-run-x
10807 ps-run-dumb
10808 ps-run-init
10809 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10810 ps-run-tmp-dir
10812 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10815 \\{ps-mode-map}
10818 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10819 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10820 The keymap for this second window is:
10822 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10825 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10826 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10827 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10828 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10829 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10830 " t nil)
10832 ;;;***
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
10835 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
10836 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
10837 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
10840 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
10841 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
10843 Valid values are:
10845 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
10846 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
10847 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
10848 changed by setting the variable
10849 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
10850 The initial value of this variable is
10851 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
10852 documentation).
10854 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
10855 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
10856 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
10857 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
10858 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
10859 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
10860 test it.
10862 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
10863 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
10864 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
10865 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
10866 source file. BDF fonts are included in
10867 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
10868 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
10869 use this value, be sure to have installed
10870 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
10871 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
10872 documentation of this variable).
10874 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
10875 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
10876 characters. This is convenient when you want or
10877 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
10878 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
10879 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
10881 Any other value is treated as nil.")
10883 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
10884 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
10885 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
10887 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10889 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
10890 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
10892 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
10894 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10896 Returns the value:
10898 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10900 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10901 the sequence." nil nil)
10903 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
10904 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
10906 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
10907 composition.
10909 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10911 Returns the value:
10913 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10915 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10916 the sequence." nil nil)
10918 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
10919 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
10921 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
10922 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
10923 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
10925 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10927 ;;;***
10929 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
10930 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
10931 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
10932 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
10933 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
10934 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14454 86))
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
10937 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
10938 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
10939 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
10940 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
10942 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
10943 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
10945 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10946 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10948 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
10949 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
10950 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
10952 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
10953 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
10954 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
10956 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10957 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
10958 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10959 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10960 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10962 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
10963 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10964 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
10966 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10967 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
10968 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10969 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10970 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
10972 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
10973 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10974 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
10975 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
10977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10979 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10980 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
10981 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
10982 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10983 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10985 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10987 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
10988 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10989 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
10991 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
10993 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
10994 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
10995 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
10996 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
10997 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
10999 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11001 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11002 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11004 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11005 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11006 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11008 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11009 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11010 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11012 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11013 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11014 using the current ps-print setup.
11015 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11016 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11018 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11019 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11020 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11022 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11023 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11024 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11026 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11027 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11029 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11030 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11032 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11033 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11035 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11037 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11039 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11040 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11042 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11043 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11045 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11047 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11049 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11051 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11052 foreground and background colors respectively.
11054 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11055 bold - use bold font.
11056 italic - use italic font.
11057 underline - put a line under text.
11058 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11059 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11060 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11061 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11062 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11064 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11069 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11070 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11071 ;;;;;; (14423 51000))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11074 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11075 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11076 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11078 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11079 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11080 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11081 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11082 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11083 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11084 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11086 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11087 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11088 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11089 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11090 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11091 shown.
11092 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11094 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11096 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11097 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11098 command to be called.
11100 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11101 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11102 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11103 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11105 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11106 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11107 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11108 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11109 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11110 to t.
11112 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11113 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11114 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11115 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11117 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11118 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11119 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11120 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11122 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11123 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11124 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11125 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11126 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11127 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11129 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11130 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11131 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11132 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11133 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11134 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11136 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11137 covers Quail translation region.
11139 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11140 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11141 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11142 for it) is inserted.
11144 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11145 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11146 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11148 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11149 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11150 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11152 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11153 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11155 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11156 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11157 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11158 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11159 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11161 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11162 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11163 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11164 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11165 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11166 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11167 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11168 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11169 for the translation.
11170 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11172 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11173 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11175 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11176 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11178 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11179 which to install MAP.
11181 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11183 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11184 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11185 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11186 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11187 a function, or a cons.
11188 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11189 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11190 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11191 for the translation.
11192 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11193 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11194 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11195 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11196 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11198 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11199 it is used to handle KEY.
11201 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11202 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11203 current Quail package.
11205 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11206 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11208 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11209 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11211 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11212 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11213 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11214 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11215 of the Emacs source tree.
11217 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11218 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11220 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11221 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11222 of each directory." t nil)
11224 ;;;***
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11227 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11228 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14388 11185))
11229 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
11231 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11232 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11233 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11234 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11236 To make use of this do something like:
11238 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11240 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11242 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11244 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11245 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11247 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11248 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11250 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11251 is decided." t nil)
11253 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11255 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11256 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11258 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11259 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11261 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11262 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11264 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11266 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11268 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11269 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11271 ;;;***
11273 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
11274 ;;;;;; 16808))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
11277 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11278 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11279 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11281 ;;;***
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode)
11284 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14385 19861))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11287 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11288 Toggle recentf mode.
11289 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11290 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11292 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11293 were operated on recently." t nil)
11295 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11296 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11298 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11299 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11301 ;;;***
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
11304 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
11305 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
11306 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11309 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11310 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11311 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11312 spaces and tab.
11314 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11315 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11317 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11318 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11319 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11320 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11321 ends.
11323 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11324 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11325 to be deleted." t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11328 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11329 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11331 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11332 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11333 deleted." nil nil)
11335 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11336 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11337 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11339 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11340 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11343 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11345 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11346 deleted." t nil)
11348 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11349 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11351 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11352 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11353 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11354 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11355 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11356 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11357 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11359 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11360 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11362 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11363 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11365 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11366 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11367 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11368 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11370 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11371 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11372 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11373 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11374 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11377 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11379 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11380 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11383 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11384 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11386 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11387 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11388 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11390 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11391 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11392 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11394 ;;;***
11396 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11397 ;;;;;; (14454 167))
11398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11400 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11401 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11403 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11404 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11406 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11407 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11409 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11410 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11411 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11412 \\ref macro.
11414 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11415 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11416 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11418 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11419 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11420 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11422 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11423 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11425 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11426 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11428 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11429 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11430 on the menu bar.
11432 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11434 ;;;***
11436 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11437 ;;;;;; (14454 161))
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11440 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11441 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11442 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11443 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11444 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11445 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11447 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11449 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11451 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11452 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11453 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11454 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11456 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11457 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11458 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11459 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11461 ;;;***
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11464 ;;;;;; (14454 166))
11465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11467 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11468 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11469 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11471 To insert new phrases, use
11472 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11473 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11475 To index phrases use one of:
11477 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11478 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11479 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11480 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11481 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11483 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11484 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11486 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11488 Here are all local bindings.
11490 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11492 ;;;***
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11495 ;;;;;; (14334 30691))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11498 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11499 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11500 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11501 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11502 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11503 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11505 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11506 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
11508 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
11509 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
11511 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11512 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11513 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11514 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11516 ;;;***
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11521 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11522 Repeat most recently executed command.
11523 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11524 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11525 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11527 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11528 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11529 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11531 ;;;***
11533 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11534 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11537 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11538 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11540 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11541 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11542 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11544 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11545 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11546 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11547 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11548 left after that text.
11550 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11551 is non-nil.
11553 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11554 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11555 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11556 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11558 ;;;***
11560 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11561 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11564 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11565 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11566 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11567 visibility of comments that precede it.
11568 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11569 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11570 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11571 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11572 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11573 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11574 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11575 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11576 the comment lines.
11577 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11578 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11579 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11580 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11581 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11582 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11584 ;;;***
11586 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11587 ;;;;;; 50658))
11588 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11590 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11591 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11593 ;;;***
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11596 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11599 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11600 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11602 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11603 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11605 ;;;***
11607 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
11609 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11611 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11612 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11613 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11614 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11616 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11618 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11619 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11620 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11621 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11623 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11624 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11626 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11627 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11629 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11630 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11631 INPUT-ARGS.
11633 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11634 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11635 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11636 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11637 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11639 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11640 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11641 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11642 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11644 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11645 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11646 variable." t nil)
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11651 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
11652 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
11653 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
11654 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
11655 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14384 5882))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11658 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11659 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11660 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11661 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11663 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11664 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11665 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11666 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11667 value is the user's name.)
11668 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11670 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11671 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11672 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11673 which normally happens once for each message,
11674 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11675 To make a change in this variable take effect
11676 for a message that you have already viewed,
11677 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11679 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11680 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11681 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11682 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11684 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11685 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11687 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11688 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11689 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11690 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11692 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11693 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11695 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11696 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11698 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11699 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11700 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11701 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11702 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11704 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11705 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
11707 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
11708 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
11710 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
11711 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
11713 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
11714 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
11716 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
11717 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
11719 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
11720 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
11722 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
11723 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
11724 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
11725 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
11727 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
11728 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
11730 This is set to nil by default.")
11732 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
11733 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
11734 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
11735 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
11736 until a user explicitly requires it.")
11738 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
11739 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
11741 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
11742 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
11743 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
11744 this feature is required with `require'.")
11746 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
11747 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
11748 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
11749 the message is decoded as normal way.
11751 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
11752 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
11753 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
11755 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
11756 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11757 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11759 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11760 Read and edit incoming mail.
11761 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11762 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11763 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11765 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11766 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11767 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11768 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11770 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11772 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11773 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11774 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11775 Instead, these commands are available:
11777 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11778 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11779 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11780 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11781 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11782 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11783 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11784 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11785 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11786 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11787 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11788 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11789 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11790 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11791 till a deleted message is found.
11792 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11793 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11794 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11795 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11796 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11797 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11798 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11799 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11800 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11801 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11802 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11803 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11804 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11805 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11806 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11807 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11808 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
11809 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
11810 (label defaults to last one specified).
11811 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
11812 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
11813 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
11814 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
11815 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
11816 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
11817 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
11818 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
11819 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
11821 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
11822 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
11824 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
11825 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
11827 ;;;***
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
11830 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
11833 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
11834 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
11839 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
11840 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
11843 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11844 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11845 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11847 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11848 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11849 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11851 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
11853 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11854 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
11855 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11856 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11857 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11859 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11860 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
11861 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11862 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11863 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11865 ;;;***
11867 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
11868 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
11869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
11871 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
11872 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
11873 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
11874 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
11876 ;;;***
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
11879 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
11880 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
11883 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
11884 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
11885 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
11886 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
11887 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
11888 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
11889 a file name as a string.")
11891 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
11892 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
11893 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
11894 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
11895 buffer visiting that file.
11896 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
11897 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
11899 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
11900 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11902 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11903 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
11905 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
11906 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
11908 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
11909 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
11910 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11911 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
11912 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
11914 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
11915 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
11916 will be appended with their original headers.
11918 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
11919 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11921 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
11922 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
11924 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
11926 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
11927 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
11928 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
11930 ;;;***
11932 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
11933 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
11934 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
11935 ;;;;;; 26387))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
11938 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
11939 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
11940 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11942 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
11943 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
11944 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11946 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
11947 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
11948 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11950 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
11951 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
11952 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11954 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
11955 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
11956 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11958 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
11959 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
11960 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
11962 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
11963 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
11964 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
11965 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
11967 ;;;***
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
11970 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
11971 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
11972 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
11973 ;;;;;; (14418 7508))
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
11976 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
11977 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
11979 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
11980 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
11982 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
11983 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
11985 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
11986 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
11987 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
11989 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
11990 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
11991 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
11992 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
11993 only look in the To and From fields.
11994 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
11996 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
11997 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
11998 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
11999 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12000 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12002 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12003 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12004 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12005 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12006 look in the whole message.
12007 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12009 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12010 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12011 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12013 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12014 *Function to decode summary-line.
12016 By default, `identity' is set.")
12018 ;;;***
12020 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12021 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12024 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12025 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12026 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12027 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12029 ;;;***
12031 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12032 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12035 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12036 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12037 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12039 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12040 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12042 ;;;***
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12045 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12046 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12047 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12048 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12050 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12051 *This variable is obsolete.")
12053 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12055 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12057 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12058 *This variable is obsolete.")
12060 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12061 *This variable is obsolete.")
12063 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12064 *This variable is obsolete.")
12066 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12067 *This variable is obsolete.")
12069 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12070 *This variable is obsolete.")
12072 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12073 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12075 ;;;***
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12078 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12081 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12082 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12083 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12085 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12086 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12087 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12088 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12089 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12090 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12092 Commands:
12093 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12094 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12095 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12096 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12097 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12099 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12100 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12101 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12103 Commands:
12104 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12105 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12106 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12107 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12108 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12109 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12111 ;;;***
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12114 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12117 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12118 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12119 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12121 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12123 ;;;***
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12126 ;;;;;; 55098))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12129 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12130 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12131 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12132 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12134 Interesting variables:
12136 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12137 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12139 scribe-electric-quote
12140 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12142 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12143 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12144 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12146 ;;;***
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12149 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12150 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12151 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12152 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14456 32733))
12153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12155 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12156 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12158 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12159 king@grassland.com
12160 If `parens', they look like:
12161 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12162 If `angles', they look like:
12163 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12164 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12165 derived from the envelope-from address.
12167 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12168 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12169 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12170 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12172 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12173 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12174 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12176 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12177 is a privileged operation.")
12179 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12180 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12181 This is done when the message is initialized,
12182 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12184 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12185 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12186 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12188 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12189 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12191 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12192 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12193 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12194 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12196 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12197 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12199 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12200 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12201 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12203 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12204 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12205 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12206 when you first send mail.")
12208 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12209 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12210 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12211 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12212 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12214 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12215 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12216 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12217 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12218 This file need not actually exist.")
12220 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12221 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12222 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12223 If a string, that string is inserted.
12224 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12225 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12226 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12227 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12229 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12230 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12231 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12232 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12233 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12234 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12235 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12236 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12237 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12238 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12239 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12240 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12241 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12243 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12244 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12245 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12246 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12247 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12248 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12250 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12251 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12252 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12254 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12255 User should not set this variable manually,
12256 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12257 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12258 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12259 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12261 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12262 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12263 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12264 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12266 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12267 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12269 \\<mail-mode-map>
12270 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12272 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12273 to move to message header fields:
12274 \\{mail-mode-map}
12276 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12277 when the message is initialized.
12279 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12280 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12282 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12283 is inserted.
12285 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12286 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12288 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12289 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12291 The second through fifth arguments,
12292 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12293 the initial contents of those header fields.
12294 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12295 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12296 original message being replied to, or else an action
12297 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12298 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12299 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12300 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12301 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12302 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12304 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12305 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12307 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12308 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12310 ;;;***
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12315 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12316 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12317 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12318 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12319 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12320 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12322 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12324 ;;;***
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12327 ;;;;;; (14363 23704))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12330 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12331 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12332 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12333 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12334 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12336 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12337 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12338 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12340 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12341 your `.emacs' file.
12343 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12345 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12346 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12347 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12349 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12350 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12351 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12352 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12353 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12354 which this is based.
12356 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12358 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12359 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12360 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12361 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12363 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12364 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12365 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12367 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12368 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12369 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12370 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12372 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12373 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12374 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12375 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12377 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12379 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12380 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12381 To work around that, do:
12382 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12384 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12386 ;;;***
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12389 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12392 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12394 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12395 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12396 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12397 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12398 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12399 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12401 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12402 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12403 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12404 shell-specific features.
12406 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12407 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12408 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12410 \\[sh-case] case statement
12411 \\[sh-for] for loop
12412 \\[sh-function] function definition
12413 \\[sh-if] if statement
12414 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12415 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12416 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12417 \\[sh-select] select loop
12418 \\[sh-until] until loop
12419 \\[sh-while] while loop
12421 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12422 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12423 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12424 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12425 would indent to the way it currently is.
12426 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12427 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12430 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12431 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12432 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12433 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12434 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12435 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12437 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12438 {, (, [, ', \", `
12439 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12441 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12442 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12443 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12445 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12446 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12448 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12450 ;;;***
12452 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12453 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12456 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12457 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12459 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12460 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12461 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12462 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12463 the earlier.
12465 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12467 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12469 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12470 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12471 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12473 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12474 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12476 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12477 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12478 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12479 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12480 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12481 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12482 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12483 emacs version).
12485 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12486 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12487 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12488 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12489 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12491 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12492 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12493 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12495 ;;;***
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12498 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12501 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12502 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12503 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12504 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12505 shell buffer.
12507 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12508 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12509 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12511 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12513 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12514 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12515 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12516 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12517 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12518 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12519 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12520 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12521 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12522 discards input when it starts up.)
12523 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12524 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12525 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12527 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12528 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12529 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12530 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12531 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12532 `default-process-coding-system'.
12534 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12535 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12536 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12537 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12539 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12540 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12542 ;;;***
12544 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12545 ;;;;;; 23740))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12548 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12549 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12550 \\{simula-mode-map}
12551 Variables controlling indentation style:
12552 simula-tab-always-indent
12553 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12554 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12555 simula-indent-level
12556 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12557 simula-substatement-offset
12558 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12559 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12560 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12561 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12562 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12563 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12564 simula-label-offset -4711
12565 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12566 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12567 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12568 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12569 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12570 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12571 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12572 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12573 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12574 simula-electric-indent nil
12575 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12576 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12577 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12578 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12579 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12580 or nil if they should not be changed.
12581 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12582 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12583 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12584 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12586 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12587 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12589 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12590 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12591 at all." t nil)
12593 ;;;***
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12596 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12597 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12600 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12601 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12603 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12604 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12605 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12606 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12607 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12609 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12610 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12611 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12612 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12613 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12614 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12615 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12617 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12618 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12619 ignored." t nil)
12621 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12622 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12623 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12624 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12625 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12626 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12627 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12629 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12630 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12631 ignored." t nil)
12633 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12634 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12636 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12637 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12638 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12639 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12641 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12642 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12643 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12644 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12646 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12647 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12648 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12650 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12651 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12653 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12654 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12656 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12657 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12658 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12659 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12660 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12661 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12662 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12663 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12664 nil skipped
12666 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12667 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12668 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12669 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12670 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12671 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12672 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12673 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12675 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12676 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12677 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12678 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12679 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12680 available:
12682 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12683 then: insert previously read string once more
12684 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12685 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
12686 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
12688 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
12689 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
12691 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
12692 Insert the character you type ARG times.
12694 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
12695 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
12696 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
12697 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
12699 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
12700 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
12701 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
12703 ;;;***
12705 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415
12706 ;;;;;; 42981))
12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
12709 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
12710 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
12711 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
12713 ;;;***
12715 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
12716 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
12719 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
12721 ;;;***
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
12726 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
12727 Play the Snake game.
12728 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
12730 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
12732 snake-mode keybindings:
12733 \\<snake-mode-map>
12734 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
12735 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
12736 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12737 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
12738 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
12739 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
12740 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
12742 " t nil)
12744 ;;;***
12746 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
12747 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
12750 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12751 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
12752 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12753 Tab indents for C code.
12754 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12755 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12756 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12757 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
12758 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
12760 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12761 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
12762 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12763 Tab indents for C code.
12764 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12765 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12766 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12767 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12768 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12770 ;;;***
12772 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12773 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12774 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12777 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12778 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12780 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12781 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12782 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12784 For example, the form
12786 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12787 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12789 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12791 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12792 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12794 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12795 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12796 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12797 York City.
12799 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12801 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12802 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12804 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12805 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12806 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12807 York City.
12809 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12811 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
12812 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
12813 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
12814 pair.
12816 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12818 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
12819 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
12820 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
12822 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
12823 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
12825 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
12827 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
12828 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
12829 Requires floating point." nil nil)
12831 ;;;***
12833 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
12834 ;;;;;; 20348))
12835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
12837 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
12838 Play Solitaire.
12840 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
12841 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
12842 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
12843 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
12844 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
12845 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
12846 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
12847 check after each move or undo)
12849 What is Solitaire?
12851 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
12852 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
12853 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
12855 Le Solitaire
12856 ============
12858 o o o
12860 o o o
12862 o o o o o o o
12864 o o o . o o o
12866 o o o o o o o
12868 o o o
12870 o o o
12872 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
12873 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
12874 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
12875 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
12877 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
12878 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
12879 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
12880 this: o o .
12882 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
12883 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
12885 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
12887 o o o
12889 . o o
12891 o o . o o o o
12893 o . o o o o o
12895 o o o o o o o
12897 o o o
12899 o o o
12901 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
12903 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
12905 ;;;***
12907 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
12908 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
12909 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
12912 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
12913 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
12914 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
12916 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
12917 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
12918 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
12919 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
12920 contiguous.
12922 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
12923 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
12924 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12925 the sort order.
12927 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
12928 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
12930 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
12931 It moves point to the start of the next record.
12932 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
12933 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
12934 is called.
12936 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
12937 It should move point to the end of the record.
12939 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
12940 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
12941 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
12942 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
12943 starts at the beginning of the record.
12945 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
12946 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
12947 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
12949 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
12950 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12951 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12952 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12953 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12954 the sort order." t nil)
12956 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
12957 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12959 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12960 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12961 the sort order." t nil)
12963 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
12964 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
12965 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12966 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
12967 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12968 the sort order." t nil)
12970 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
12971 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
12972 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12973 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
12974 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
12975 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
12976 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12977 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12978 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
12980 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
12981 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
12982 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
12983 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
12984 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
12985 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
12986 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
12987 the sort order." t nil)
12989 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
12990 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
12991 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
12992 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
12993 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
12994 is to be used for sorting.
12995 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
12996 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
12997 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
12998 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
12999 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13001 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13003 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13004 the sort order.
13006 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13007 starting with the letter \"f\",
13008 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13010 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13011 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13012 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13013 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13014 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13015 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13016 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13017 the sort order.
13019 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13020 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13021 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13022 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13023 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13025 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13026 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13027 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13029 ;;;***
13031 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13032 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13035 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13037 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13038 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13039 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13040 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13041 supported at a time.
13042 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13043 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13045 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13046 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13047 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13048 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13050 ;;;***
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13053 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13056 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13058 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13059 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13060 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13061 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13062 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13063 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13065 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13066 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13067 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13068 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13070 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13071 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13072 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13073 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13074 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13076 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13077 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13079 ;;;***
13081 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13082 ;;;;;; 43485))
13083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13085 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13086 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13088 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13089 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13091 ;;;***
13093 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13094 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13097 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13098 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13100 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13101 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13103 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13105 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13107 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13109 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13110 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13111 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13112 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13113 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13114 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13115 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13117 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13119 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13120 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13121 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13122 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13124 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13125 entry function you want to use regularly:
13127 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13129 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13130 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13131 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13132 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13134 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13135 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13136 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13138 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13139 Major mode to edit SQL.
13141 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13142 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13143 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13145 \\{sql-mode-map}
13146 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13148 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13149 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13150 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13151 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13152 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13153 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13155 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13156 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13158 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13159 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13161 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13162 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13163 `*SQL*'.
13165 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13166 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13168 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13169 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13171 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13172 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13173 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13174 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13175 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13176 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13177 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13178 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13180 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13181 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13183 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13185 ;;;***
13187 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13188 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13189 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13190 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13193 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13194 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13196 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13197 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13198 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13199 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13200 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13201 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13203 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13206 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13208 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13209 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13210 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13213 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13214 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13215 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13216 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13217 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13218 then complete the stroke with button3.
13219 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13221 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13222 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13223 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13225 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13226 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13227 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13229 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13230 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13232 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13234 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13235 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13237 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13238 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13240 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13242 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13243 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13244 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13245 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13246 mode in all buffers when activated.
13247 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13248 new strokes with
13250 > M-x global-set-stroke
13252 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13253 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13254 strokes with
13256 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13257 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13259 ;;;***
13261 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13262 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
13263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13265 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13266 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13267 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13268 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13269 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13270 original message but it does require a few things:
13272 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13274 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13275 reply buffer.
13277 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13278 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13279 original message.
13281 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13283 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13285 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13286 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13287 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13289 ;;;***
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13292 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13294 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13295 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13296 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13297 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13298 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13300 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13301 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13302 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13303 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13304 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13305 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13306 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13308 ;;;***
13310 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13313 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13314 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13316 ;;;***
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14443 40965))
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13321 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13322 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13323 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13324 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13325 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13326 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13327 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13329 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13330 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13331 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13332 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13334 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13335 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13337 ;;;***
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13340 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13343 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13344 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13345 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13346 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13347 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13348 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13350 Variables controlling indentation style:
13351 tcl-indent-level
13352 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13353 tcl-continued-indent-level
13354 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13356 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13357 documentation for details):
13358 tcl-tab-always-indent
13359 Controls action of TAB key.
13360 tcl-auto-newline
13361 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13362 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13363 tcl-electric-hash-style
13364 Controls action of `#' key.
13365 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13366 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13367 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13368 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13369 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13370 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13372 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13373 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13374 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13375 already exist.
13377 Commands:
13378 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13380 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13381 Run inferior Tcl process.
13382 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13383 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13385 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13386 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13387 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13389 ;;;***
13391 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
13393 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13395 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13396 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13397 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13398 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13399 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13400 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13401 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13402 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13404 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13405 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13406 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13407 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13409 ;;;***
13411 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13412 ;;;;;; 17354))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13415 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13416 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13417 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13418 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13419 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13420 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13422 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13423 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13425 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13426 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13428 ;;;***
13430 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13431 ;;;;;; 10588))
13432 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13434 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13435 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13436 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13437 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13438 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13439 program as keyboard input.
13441 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13442 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13443 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13444 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13446 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13447 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13448 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13449 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13450 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13452 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13454 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13455 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13456 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13457 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13459 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13460 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13461 subprocess started." t nil)
13463 ;;;***
13465 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13468 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13469 Play the Tetris game.
13470 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13471 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13472 as to form complete rows.
13474 tetris-mode keybindings:
13475 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13476 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13477 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13478 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13479 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13480 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13481 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13482 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13483 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13485 " t nil)
13487 ;;;***
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13490 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13491 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13492 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13493 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13494 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13495 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13496 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13497 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13499 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13500 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13502 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13503 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13504 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13505 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13506 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13508 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13509 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13510 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13511 if it matches the first line of the file,
13512 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13514 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13515 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13516 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13517 if the variable is non-nil.")
13519 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13520 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13522 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13523 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13524 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13525 See the documentation of that variable.")
13527 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13528 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13529 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13530 See the documentation of that variable.")
13532 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13533 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13534 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13535 See the documentation of that variable.")
13537 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13538 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13539 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13540 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13542 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13543 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13544 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13546 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13547 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13548 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13549 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13551 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13552 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13553 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13554 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13556 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13557 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13558 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13559 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13561 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13562 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13563 for example,
13565 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13566 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13568 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13569 use.")
13571 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13572 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13573 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13574 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13576 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13577 window system being used. For example,
13579 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13580 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13582 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13583 otherwise.")
13585 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13586 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13587 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13589 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13590 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13591 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13592 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13593 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13595 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13596 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13598 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13599 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13601 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13602 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13603 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13604 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13605 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13606 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13607 says which mode to use." t nil)
13609 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13611 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13613 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13615 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13616 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13618 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13619 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13621 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13622 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13623 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13630 mismatched $'s or braces.
13632 Special commands:
13633 \\{tex-mode-map}
13635 Mode variables:
13636 tex-run-command
13637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13638 tex-directory
13639 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13641 tex-dvi-print-command
13642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13646 tex-dvi-view-command
13647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13648 tex-show-queue-command
13649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13652 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13654 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13656 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13657 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13658 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13659 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13660 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13662 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13663 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13664 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13665 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13666 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13667 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13668 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13670 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13671 mismatched $'s or braces.
13673 Special commands:
13674 \\{tex-mode-map}
13676 Mode variables:
13677 latex-run-command
13678 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13679 tex-directory
13680 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13681 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13682 tex-dvi-print-command
13683 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13684 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13685 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13686 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13687 tex-dvi-view-command
13688 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13689 tex-show-queue-command
13690 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13691 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13693 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
13694 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
13695 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13697 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13698 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
13699 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13700 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13701 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13703 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13704 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13705 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13706 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13707 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13708 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13709 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13711 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13712 mismatched $'s or braces.
13714 Special commands:
13715 \\{tex-mode-map}
13717 Mode variables:
13718 slitex-run-command
13719 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13720 tex-directory
13721 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
13722 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13723 tex-dvi-print-command
13724 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13725 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13726 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13727 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13728 tex-dvi-view-command
13729 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13730 tex-show-queue-command
13731 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13732 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13734 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13735 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
13736 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
13737 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13739 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
13741 ;;;***
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
13744 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
13747 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
13748 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
13749 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13750 name specified in the @setfilename command.
13752 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
13753 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
13754 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
13756 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
13757 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
13758 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
13759 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
13760 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
13762 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
13763 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
13764 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13765 names specified in the @setfilename command.
13767 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
13768 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13769 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13770 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13772 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13773 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13775 ;;;***
13777 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13778 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
13779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13781 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13782 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13784 It has these extra commands:
13785 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13787 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13788 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13789 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13790 modified version of TeX input format.
13792 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13793 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13794 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13795 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13797 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13798 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13799 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13800 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13801 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13802 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13803 in the Texinfo file.
13805 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13806 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13807 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13808 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
13809 move forward past the closing brace.
13811 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
13812 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
13814 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
13815 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
13816 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
13818 Here are the functions:
13820 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
13821 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13822 texinfo-sequential-node-update
13824 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13825 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13826 texinfo-master-menu
13828 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13830 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13831 which menu descriptions are indented.
13833 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
13834 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
13835 in the region.
13837 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
13838 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
13839 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
13840 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
13842 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
13843 be the first node in the file.
13845 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
13846 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
13848 ;;;***
13850 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
13851 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
13852 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
13855 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
13856 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13857 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
13859 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
13860 keybindings, are:
13862 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
13863 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13864 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
13866 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13867 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13868 texinfo-master-menu ()
13870 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13872 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13873 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
13875 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13876 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
13878 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13879 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
13881 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
13882 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
13883 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
13884 `p' takes you straight through the file.
13886 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13887 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
13888 marked region.
13890 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
13891 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
13892 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
13893 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
13895 ;;;***
13897 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
13898 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
13899 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
13900 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
13903 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
13904 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
13906 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
13907 Compose Thai characters in the region.
13908 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13909 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
13911 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
13912 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
13914 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
13915 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
13917 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13919 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
13920 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
13921 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13922 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13923 to compose.
13925 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
13927 ;;;***
13929 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
13930 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
13933 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
13934 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
13936 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13937 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
13938 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13939 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13940 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13942 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13943 a symbol as a valid THING.
13945 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
13946 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
13948 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
13949 Return the THING at point.
13950 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
13951 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
13952 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
13954 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
13955 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
13957 ;;;***
13959 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
13960 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
13961 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
13962 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
13963 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
13966 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
13968 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
13969 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
13970 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
13972 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
13973 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
13975 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
13976 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
13977 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
13979 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
13980 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
13982 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
13983 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
13985 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
13987 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
13989 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
13991 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13992 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
13993 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
13995 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
13996 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
13997 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
13999 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14001 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14003 ;;;***
14005 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14006 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14009 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14010 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14011 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14012 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14013 parameters.
14014 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14016 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14017 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14018 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14019 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14020 parameters.
14021 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14023 ;;;***
14025 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14026 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14454 121))
14027 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14029 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14030 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14032 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14034 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14036 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14038 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14039 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14041 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14042 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14043 This display updates automatically every minute.
14044 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14045 are displayed as well.
14046 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14048 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14049 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14050 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14052 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14053 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14054 are displayed as well.
14055 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14057 ;;;***
14059 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14060 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14061 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14063 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14064 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14065 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14066 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14067 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14068 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14069 look like one of the following:
14070 Time-stamp: <>
14071 Time-stamp: \" \"
14072 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14073 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14074 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14075 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14076 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14077 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14078 template." t nil)
14080 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14081 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14082 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14084 ;;;***
14086 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14087 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14088 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14089 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14091 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14093 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14094 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14096 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14097 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14099 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14100 Perform an action at time TIME.
14101 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14102 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14103 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14104 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14105 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14106 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14108 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14110 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14111 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14112 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14113 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14114 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14116 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14118 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14119 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14120 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14121 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14123 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14124 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14125 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14126 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14127 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14129 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14130 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14132 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14133 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14134 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14135 The call should look like:
14136 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14137 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14138 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14139 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14140 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14142 ;;;***
14144 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14145 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14146 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14148 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14149 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14150 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14151 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14153 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14154 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14155 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14156 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14157 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14158 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14159 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14161 ;;;***
14163 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14164 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14166 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14167 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14168 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14170 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14171 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14172 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14173 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14174 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14176 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14177 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14178 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14179 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14180 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14182 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14183 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14184 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14185 in the menu in two ways:
14186 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14187 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14188 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14190 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14191 keymap or an alist of alists.
14192 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14193 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14195 ;;;***
14197 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14198 ;;;;;; (14268 20081))
14199 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14201 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14202 Mode for tooltip display.
14203 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14205 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14206 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14208 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14210 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14212 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14214 ;;;***
14216 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14217 ;;;;;; 63726))
14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14220 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14222 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14224 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14225 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14227 ;;;***
14229 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14230 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14233 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14234 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14236 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14237 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14239 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14240 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14242 ;;;***
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14247 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14248 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14249 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14250 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14251 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14253 ;;;***
14255 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14256 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14259 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14260 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14262 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14263 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14264 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14265 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14266 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14267 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14268 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14269 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14271 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14272 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14273 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14274 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14275 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14276 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14277 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14279 ;;;***
14281 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14282 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14284 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14285 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14286 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14288 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14289 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14290 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14291 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14292 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14293 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14294 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14296 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14297 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14298 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14299 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14301 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14303 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14304 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14305 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14306 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14307 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14308 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14309 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14311 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14312 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14314 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14315 \\___/\\
14316 / \\
14317 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14319 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14321 ;;;***
14323 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14324 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14325 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14326 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14327 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14329 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14330 Toggle typing break mode.
14331 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14333 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14335 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14337 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14339 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14340 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14342 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14343 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14345 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14346 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14347 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14349 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14350 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14352 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14353 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14354 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14356 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14357 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14358 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14359 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14360 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14361 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14363 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14364 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14365 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14366 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14368 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14369 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14371 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14372 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14374 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14375 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14376 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14378 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14379 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14380 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14381 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14382 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14383 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14384 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14386 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14387 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14389 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14390 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14391 reset the keystroke counter.
14393 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14394 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14395 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14396 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14398 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14399 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14400 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14401 `type-break-schedule' command.
14403 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14404 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14405 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14406 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14407 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14408 or not to continue.
14410 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14411 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14412 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14413 approximate good values for this.
14415 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14416 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14418 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14419 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14420 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14421 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14422 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14423 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14425 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14426 a typing break occur. They include:
14428 `type-break-query-mode'
14429 `type-break-query-function'
14430 `type-break-query-interval'
14432 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14434 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14435 Take a typing break.
14437 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14438 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14440 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14441 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14443 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14444 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14445 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14446 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14448 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14449 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14451 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14452 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14453 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14454 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14455 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14456 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14457 average typing speed.)
14459 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14460 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14461 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14462 the computed maximum threshold.
14464 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14465 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14466 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14467 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14468 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14470 ;;;***
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14473 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14476 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14477 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14478 Works by overstriking underscores.
14479 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14480 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14482 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14483 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14484 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14485 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14487 ;;;***
14489 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14490 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14493 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14494 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14495 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14497 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14498 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14499 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14500 following the containing message." t nil)
14502 ;;;***
14504 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14505 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14508 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14509 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14510 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14511 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14512 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14513 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14515 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14516 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14518 ;;;***
14520 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14521 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14524 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14525 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14526 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14527 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14528 to refrain from editing the file
14529 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14530 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14531 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14532 in any way you like." nil nil)
14534 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14535 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14536 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14537 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14538 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14540 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14541 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14543 ;;;***
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14546 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14547 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14548 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14549 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14550 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478
14551 ;;;;;; 52465))
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14554 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14555 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14556 See `run-hooks'.")
14558 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14559 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14560 See `run-hooks'.")
14562 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14563 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14565 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14566 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14567 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14568 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14569 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14570 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14572 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14573 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14574 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14575 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14577 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14578 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14579 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14580 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14581 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14582 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14583 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14584 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14585 lock steals will raise an error.
14586 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14588 For RCS and SCCS files:
14589 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14590 control.
14591 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14592 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14593 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14594 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14595 it performs a revert.
14596 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14597 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14598 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14599 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14600 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14601 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14602 the option to steal the lock.
14604 For CVS files:
14605 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14606 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14607 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14608 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14609 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14610 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14611 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14612 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14613 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14615 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14616 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14618 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14619 Display diffs between file versions.
14620 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14621 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14622 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14623 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14625 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14626 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14627 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14628 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14630 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14631 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14632 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14633 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14635 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14637 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14638 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14639 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14641 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14643 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14644 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14645 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14646 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14647 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14649 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14650 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14651 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14652 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14653 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14654 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14655 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14657 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14658 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14660 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14661 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14662 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14663 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14664 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14665 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14667 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14668 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14669 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14672 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14674 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14675 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14676 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
14677 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
14678 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
14680 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
14682 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
14683 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
14684 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
14686 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
14687 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
14688 default directory." t nil)
14690 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
14691 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
14692 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
14693 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
14695 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
14696 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
14697 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
14698 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
14700 ;;;***
14702 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
14703 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
14704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
14706 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
14707 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
14709 Usage:
14710 ------
14712 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
14713 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
14714 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
14715 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
14716 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
14717 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
14718 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
14719 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
14720 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
14721 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
14722 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14723 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
14724 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
14725 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
14726 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
14727 The following abbreviations can also be used:
14728 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
14729 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
14730 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14732 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
14733 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
14734 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
14736 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
14737 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
14738 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
14739 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
14740 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
14741 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
14742 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
14743 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
14744 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
14746 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
14747 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
14748 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
14749 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
14750 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
14751 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
14752 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
14753 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14755 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14756 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14757 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14759 - COMMENTS:
14760 `--' puts a single comment.
14761 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14762 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14763 comment in between.
14764 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14765 following lines.
14766 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14767 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14769 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14770 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14771 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14772 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14773 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14774 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14775 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14776 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14777 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14778 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14779 multi-line comments.
14781 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14782 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14783 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14784 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14785 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14786 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14787 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14788 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14789 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14791 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14792 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14793 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14794 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14795 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14796 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14797 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14798 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14799 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
14800 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
14802 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
14803 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
14804 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
14805 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
14806 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
14807 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
14808 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
14809 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
14810 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
14811 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
14812 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
14813 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
14814 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
14816 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
14818 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
14819 menu).
14821 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
14823 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
14824 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
14825 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
14826 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
14827 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
14829 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
14830 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
14831 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
14832 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
14833 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
14834 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
14835 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
14836 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
14837 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
14839 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
14840 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
14841 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
14842 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
14843 specified.
14845 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
14846 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
14847 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
14848 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
14849 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
14850 the current directory for VHDL source files.
14852 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
14853 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
14854 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
14855 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
14856 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
14857 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
14858 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
14859 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
14860 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
14861 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
14862 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
14864 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
14865 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
14866 Math Packages.
14868 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
14869 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
14870 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
14871 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
14872 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
14873 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
14874 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
14875 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
14877 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
14878 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
14879 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
14880 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
14881 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
14882 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
14884 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
14885 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
14886 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
14887 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
14888 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
14890 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
14891 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
14892 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
14893 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
14894 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
14896 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
14897 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
14898 highlighted if written in lower case.
14900 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
14901 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
14902 is non-nil.
14904 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
14905 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
14906 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
14908 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
14909 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
14910 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
14912 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
14913 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
14914 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
14916 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
14917 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
14918 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
14919 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
14920 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
14921 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
14922 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
14924 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
14925 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
14926 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
14927 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
14928 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
14930 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
14931 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
14932 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
14933 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
14935 - HINTS:
14936 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
14939 Maintenance:
14940 ------------
14942 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
14943 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
14945 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14947 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
14948 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
14949 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
14950 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
14952 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
14953 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
14954 version and release notes can be found.
14957 Bugs and Limitations:
14958 ---------------------
14960 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
14961 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
14962 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
14963 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
14964 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
14965 does not work under XEmacs.
14968 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
14969 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
14971 Key bindings:
14972 -------------
14974 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
14976 ;;;***
14978 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
14981 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
14982 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
14983 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
14984 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
14986 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
14987 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
14988 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
14989 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
14990 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
14992 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
14993 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
14995 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
14997 * Limitations and unsupported features
14998 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
14999 not supported.
15000 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15001 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15003 * Modifications
15004 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15005 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15006 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15007 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15008 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15009 for undoing a repeated change command.
15010 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15011 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15012 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15014 * Extensions
15015 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15016 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15017 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15018 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15019 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15020 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15021 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15022 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15024 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15026 ;;;***
15028 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15029 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15030 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15031 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15034 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15035 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15037 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15038 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15040 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15041 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15042 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15043 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15045 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15046 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15048 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15049 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15050 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15051 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15053 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15054 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15056 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15058 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15060 ;;;***
15062 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15063 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15064 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256
15065 ;;;;;; 21984))
15066 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15068 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15069 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15070 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15071 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15073 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15075 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15076 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15077 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15078 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15079 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15080 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15081 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15083 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15085 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15086 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15087 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15088 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15089 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15090 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15091 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15092 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15094 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15096 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15097 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15098 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15099 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15100 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15101 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15102 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15103 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15105 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15107 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15108 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15109 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15110 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15111 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15112 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15113 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15115 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15117 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15118 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15119 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15121 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15122 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15123 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15124 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15125 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15126 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15127 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15128 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15130 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15132 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15133 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15134 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15136 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15137 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15138 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15139 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15140 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15141 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15142 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15143 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15145 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15147 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15148 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15149 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15151 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15152 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15153 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
15155 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15156 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15157 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15158 read-only.
15159 \\<view-mode-map>
15160 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15161 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15162 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15163 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15164 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15166 H, h, ? This message.
15167 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15168 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15169 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15170 > move to the end of buffer.
15171 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15172 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
15173 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
15174 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
15175 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
15176 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
15177 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
15178 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
15179 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
15180 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15181 Use this to view a changing file.
15182 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15183 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15184 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15185 . set the mark.
15186 x exchanges point and mark.
15187 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15188 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15189 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15190 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15191 ' go to position saved in character register.
15192 s do forward incremental search.
15193 r do reverse incremental search.
15194 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15195 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15196 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15197 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15198 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15199 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15200 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15201 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15202 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15203 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15204 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15205 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15206 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15207 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15208 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15210 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15211 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
15212 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
15213 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
15214 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
15215 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
15216 to that buffer.
15218 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15220 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15221 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15222 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15223 `view-return-to-alist'.
15224 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15225 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15226 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15228 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15229 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15230 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15231 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15232 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15233 1) nil Do nothing.
15234 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15235 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15236 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15237 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
15239 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15241 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15243 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15244 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15246 ;;;***
15248 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15251 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15252 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15254 ;;;***
15256 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15257 ;;;;;; (14367 2196))
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15260 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15261 Toggle Viper on/off.
15262 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15264 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15265 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15267 ;;;***
15269 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15270 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
15272 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15273 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15275 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15276 hotlist.
15278 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15279 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15281 ;;;***
15283 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15284 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15285 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15287 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15288 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15290 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15292 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15294 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15296 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15298 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15299 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15300 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15301 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15303 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15304 and off otherwise." t nil)
15306 ;;;***
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15309 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15310 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14364 19064))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15313 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15314 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15316 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15317 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15318 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15319 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15320 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15322 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15323 and:
15324 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15325 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15327 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15328 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15330 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15331 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15333 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15334 whitespace problems." t nil)
15336 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15337 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15339 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15340 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15342 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15343 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15345 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15346 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15347 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15348 replaced with TABS).
15349 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15350 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15352 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15354 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15355 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15357 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15358 i - Indentation whitespace.
15359 l - Leading whitespace.
15360 s - Space followed by Tab.
15361 t - Trailing whitespace.
15363 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15364 !<y>.
15366 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15367 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15368 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15369 always they default to 8.)
15371 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15372 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15373 even print it.
15375 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15376 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15377 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15378 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15379 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15380 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15381 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15382 to set smarttab.)
15384 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15385 merge problems.
15387 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15388 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15389 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15391 ;;;***
15393 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15394 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15395 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15397 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15398 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15400 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15401 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15403 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15404 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15406 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15407 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15408 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15410 ;;;***
15412 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15413 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14375 20322))
15414 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15416 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15417 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15418 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15420 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15421 Create widget of TYPE.
15422 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15424 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15425 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15427 ;;;***
15429 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15430 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15431 ;;;;;; 64019))
15432 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15434 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15435 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15436 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15437 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15438 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15439 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15440 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15442 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15443 Select the window above the current one.
15444 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15445 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15446 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15447 negative ARG) of the current window.
15448 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15450 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15451 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15452 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15453 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15454 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15455 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15456 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15458 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15459 Select the window below the current one.
15460 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15461 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15462 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15463 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15464 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15466 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15467 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15469 ;;;***
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15472 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15475 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15476 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15478 BUGS:
15479 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15480 are not implemented
15481 - Options for search and replace
15482 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15483 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15485 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15486 Emacs-like.
15488 The key bindings are:
15490 C-a backward-word
15491 C-b fill-paragraph
15492 C-c scroll-up-line
15493 C-d forward-char
15494 C-e previous-line
15495 C-f forward-word
15496 C-g delete-char
15497 C-h backward-char
15498 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15499 C-j help-for-help
15500 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15501 C-l ws-repeat-search
15502 C-n open-line
15503 C-p quoted-insert
15504 C-r scroll-down-line
15505 C-s backward-char
15506 C-t kill-word
15507 C-u keyboard-quit
15508 C-v overwrite-mode
15509 C-w scroll-down
15510 C-x next-line
15511 C-y kill-complete-line
15512 C-z scroll-up
15514 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15515 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15516 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15517 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15518 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15519 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15520 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15521 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15522 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15523 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15524 C-k b ws-begin-block
15525 C-k c ws-copy-block
15526 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15527 C-k f find-file
15528 C-k h ws-show-markers
15529 C-k i ws-indent-block
15530 C-k k ws-end-block
15531 C-k p ws-print-block
15532 C-k q kill-emacs
15533 C-k r insert-file
15534 C-k s save-some-buffers
15535 C-k t ws-mark-word
15536 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15537 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15538 C-k v ws-move-block
15539 C-k w ws-write-block
15540 C-k x kill-emacs
15541 C-k y ws-delete-block
15543 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15544 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15545 C-o j justify-current-line
15546 C-o k kill-buffer
15547 C-o l list-buffers
15548 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15549 C-o r set-fill-column
15550 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15551 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15552 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15553 C-o wo other-window
15554 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15556 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15557 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15558 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15559 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15560 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15561 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15562 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15563 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15564 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15565 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15566 C-q a ws-query-replace
15567 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15568 C-q c end-of-buffer
15569 C-q d end-of-line
15570 C-q f ws-search
15571 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15572 C-q l ws-undo
15573 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15574 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15575 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15576 C-q w ws-last-error
15577 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15578 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15579 " t nil)
15581 ;;;***
15583 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
15584 ;;;;;; 31250))
15585 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15587 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15588 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15589 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15591 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15593 ;;;***
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15596 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15599 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15600 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15602 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15603 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15605 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15606 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15607 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15609 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15610 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15612 ;;;***
15614 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15615 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15616 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
15618 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15619 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15621 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15622 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15624 Zone-mode does two things:
15626 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15627 when saving the file
15629 - fontification" t nil)
15631 ;;;***
15633 ;;; Local Variables:
15634 ;;; version-control: never
15635 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15636 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15637 ;;; End:
15638 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here